Dockets: 2013-355(IT)G  
2
013-3488(IT)G  
BETWEEN:  
LYNN CASSAN,  
and  
Appellant,  
HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN,  
Respondent.  
Appeal heard on common evidence with the appeals of  
Kenneth Gordon (2014-384(IT)G), Stephen Chu (2014-802(IT)G),  
Katherine Lee Sang (2014-803(IT)G), Howard Platnick (2014-804(IT)G),  
and Dana Tilatti (2014-806(IT)G) on February 8 to 12, 2016,  
February 15 to 19, 2016, February 22 to 25, 2016 and  
June 29 and 30, 2016, at Toronto, Ontario  
Before: The Honourable Justice John R. Owen  
Appearances:  
Counsel for the Appellants:  
Al Meghji, Mary Paterson,  
Pooja Mihailovich and Adam Hirsh  
Counsel for the Respondent:  
Daniel Bourgeois, Andrew Miller,  
and Josh Kumar  
JUDGMENT  
In accordance with the attached Reasons for Judgment, the appeals from the  
reassessments made under the Income Tax Act (“ITA”) for the 2009, 2010 and  
2
011 taxation years are allowed and the reassessments are referred back to the  
Minister of National Revenue for reconsideration and reassessment on the basis  
that:  
1
.
The eligible amount of the gift made by the Appellant to TGTFC (as  
defined in the Reasons for Judgment) in 2009 is nil.  
Page: 2  
2
.
The interest paid or payable by the Appellant in the Appellant’s 2009,  
2
010 and 2011 taxation years on the Unit Loan (as defined in the  
Reasons for Judgment) is deductible under paragraph 20(1)(c) of the  
Income Tax Act (the “ITA”) in computing the income of the Appellant  
for those taxation years.  
3
4
.
.
The Fees (as defined in the Reasons for Judgment) incurred by the  
Appellant in the Appellant’s 2009, 2010 and 2011 taxation years are  
deductible in computing the income of the Appellant for those taxation  
years in accordance with the applicable provisions of the ITA.  
The 2009 LP (as defined in the Reasons for Judgment) is not deemed by  
subsection 12(9) of the ITA to accrue as interest any amount in respect  
of the Linked Notes (as defined in the Reasons for Judgment) for its  
2
009, 2010 and 2011 taxation years.  
th  
Signed at Ottawa, Canada, this 8 day of September 2017.  
“J.R. Owen”  
Owen J.  
Docket: 2014-384(IT)G  
Appellant,  
BETWEEN:  
KENNETH GORDON,  
and  
HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN,  
Respondent.  
Appeal heard on common evidence with the appeals of  
Lynn Cassan (2013-355(IT)G and 2013-3488(IT)G),  
Stephen Chu (2014-802(IT)G), Katherine Lee Sang (2014-803(IT)G),  
Howard Platnick (2014-804(IT)G) and Dana Tilatti (2014-806(IT)G) on  
February 8 to 12, 2016, February 15 to 19, 2016,  
February 22 to 25, 2016 and June 29 and 30, 2016, at Toronto, Ontario  
Before: The Honourable Justice John R. Owen  
Appearances:  
Counsel for the Appellants:  
Al Meghji, Mary Paterson,  
Pooja Mihailovich and Adam Hirsh  
Counsel for the Respondent:  
Daniel Bourgeois, Andrew Miller,  
and Josh Kumar  
JUDGMENT  
In accordance with the attached Reasons for Judgment, the appeal from the  
reassessments made under the Income Tax Act for the 2009 and 2010 taxation  
years is allowed and the reassessments are referred back to the Minister of National  
Revenue for reconsideration and reassessment on the basis that:  
1
.
The eligible amount of the gift made by the Appellant to TGTFC (as  
defined in the Reasons for Judgment) in 2009 is nil.  
Page: 2  
2
.
The interest paid or payable by the Appellant in the Appellant’s 2009  
and 2010 taxation years on the Unit Loan (as defined in the Reasons for  
Judgment) is deductible under paragraph 20(1)(c) of the Income Tax Act  
(the “ITA”) in computing the income of the Appellant for those taxation  
years.  
3
4
.
.
The Fees (as defined in the Reasons for Judgment) incurred by the  
Appellant in the Appellant’s 2009 and 2010 taxation years are deductible  
in computing the income of the Appellant for those taxation years in  
accordance with the applicable provisions of the ITA.  
The 2009 LP (as defined in the Reasons for Judgment) is not deemed by  
subsection 12(9) of the ITA to accrue as interest any amount in respect  
of the Linked Notes (as defined in the Reasons for Judgment) for its  
2
009 and 2010 taxation years.  
th  
Signed at Ottawa, Canada, this 8 day of September 2017.  
“J.R. Owen”  
Owen J.  
Docket: 2014-802(IT)G  
Appellant,  
BETWEEN:  
STEPHEN CHU,  
and  
HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN,  
Respondent.  
Appeal heard on common evidence with the appeals of Lynn Cassan  
2013-355(IT)G and 2013-3488(IT)G), Kenneth Gordon (2014-384(IT)G),  
(
Katherine Lee Sang (2014-803(IT)G), Howard Platnick (2014-804(IT)G) and Dana  
Tilatti (2014-806(IT)G) on February 8 to 12, 2016,  
February 15 to 19, 2016, February 22 to 25, 2016 and June 29 and 30, 2016,  
at Toronto, Ontario  
Before: The Honourable Justice John R. Owen  
Appearances:  
Counsel for the Appellants:  
Al Meghji, Mary Paterson,  
Pooja Mihailovich and Adam Hirsh  
Counsel for the Respondent:  
Daniel Bourgeois, Andrew Miller,  
and Josh Kumar  
JUDGMENT  
In accordance with the attached Reasons for Judgment, the appeal from the  
reassessments made under the Income Tax Act for the 2009 and 2010 taxation  
years is allowed and the reassessments are referred back to the Minister of National  
Revenue for reconsideration and reassessment on the basis that:  
1
.
The eligible amount of the gift made by the Appellant to TGTFC (as  
defined in the Reasons for Judgment) in 2009 is nil.  
Page: 2  
2
.
The interest paid or payable by the Appellant in the Appellant’s 2009  
and 2010 taxation years on the Unit Loan (as defined in the Reasons for  
Judgment) is deductible under paragraph 20(1)(c) of the Income Tax Act  
(the “ITA”) in computing the income of the Appellant for those taxation  
years.  
3
4
.
.
The Fees (as defined in the Reasons for Judgment) incurred by the  
Appellant in the Appellant’s 2009 and 2010 taxation years are deductible  
in computing the income of the Appellant for those taxation years in  
accordance with the applicable provisions of the ITA.  
The 2009 LP (as defined in the Reasons for Judgment) is not deemed by  
subsection 12(9) of the ITA to accrue as interest any amount in respect  
of the Linked Notes (as defined in the Reasons for Judgment) for its  
2
009 and 2010 taxation years.  
th  
Signed at Ottawa, Canada, this 8 day of September 2017.  
“J.R. Owen”  
Owen J.  
Docket: 2014-803(IT)G  
Appellant,  
BETWEEN:  
KATHERINE LEE SANG,  
and  
HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN,  
Respondent.  
Appeal heard on common evidence with the appeals of Lynn Cassan  
2013-355(IT)G and 2013-3488(IT)G), Kenneth Gordon (2014-384(IT)G),  
Stephen Chu (2014-802(IT)G), Howard Platnick (2014-804(IT)G) and  
Dana Tilatti (2014-806(IT)G) on February 8 to 12, 2016,  
(
February 15 to 19, 2016, February 22 to 25, 2016 and June 29 and 30, 2016,  
at Toronto, Ontario  
Before: The Honourable Justice John R. Owen  
Appearances:  
Counsel for the Appellants:  
Al Meghji, Mary Paterson,  
Pooja Mihailovich and Adam Hirsh  
Counsel for the Respondent:  
Daniel Bourgeois, Andrew Miller,  
and Josh Kumar  
JUDGMENT  
In accordance with the attached Reasons for Judgment, the appeal from the  
reassessments made under the Income Tax Act for the 2009 and 2010 taxation  
years is allowed and the reassessments are referred back to the Minister of National  
Revenue for reconsideration and reassessment on the basis that:  
1
.
The eligible amount of the gift made by the Appellant to TGTFC (as  
defined in the Reasons for Judgment) in 2009 is nil.  
Page: 2  
2
.
The interest paid or payable by the Appellant in the Appellant’s 2009  
and 2010 taxation years on the Unit Loan (as defined in the Reasons for  
Judgment) is deductible under paragraph 20(1)(c) of the Income Tax Act  
(the “ITA”) in computing the income of the Appellant for those taxation  
years.  
3
4
.
.
The Fees (as defined in the Reasons for Judgment) incurred by the  
Appellant in the Appellant’s 2009 and 2010 taxation years are deductible  
in computing the income of the Appellant for those taxation years in  
accordance with the applicable provisions of the ITA.  
The 2009 LP (as defined in the Reasons for Judgment) is not deemed by  
subsection 12(9) of the ITA to accrue as interest any amount in respect  
of the Linked Notes (as defined in the Reasons for Judgment) for its  
2
009 and 2010 taxation years.  
th  
Signed at Ottawa, Canada, this 8 day of September 2017.  
“J.R. Owen”  
Owen J.  
Docket: 2014-804(IT)G  
Appellant,  
BETWEEN:  
HOWARD PLATNICK,  
and  
HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN,  
Respondent.  
Appeal heard on common evidence with the appeals of Lynn Cassan  
2013-355(IT)G and 2013-3488(IT)G), Kenneth Gordon (2014-384(IT)G),  
(
Stephen Chu (2014-802(IT)G), Katherine Lee Sang (2014-803(IT)G) and  
Dana Tilatti (2014-806(IT)G) on February 8 to 12, 2016,  
February 15 to 19, 2016, February 22 to 25, 2016 and June 29 and 30, 2016,  
at Toronto, Ontario  
Before: The Honourable Justice John R. Owen  
Appearances:  
Counsel for the Appellants:  
Al Meghji, Mary Paterson,  
Pooja Mihailovich and Adam Hirsh  
Counsel for the Respondent:  
Daniel Bourgeois, Andrew Miller,  
and Josh Kumar  
JUDGMENT  
In accordance with the attached Reasons for Judgment, the appeal from the  
reassessments made under the Income Tax Act for the 2009 and 2010 taxation  
years is allowed and the reassessments are referred back to the Minister of National  
Revenue for reconsideration and reassessment on the basis that:  
1
.
The eligible amount of the gift made by the Appellant to TGTFC (as  
defined in the Reasons for Judgment) in 2009 is nil.  
Page: 2  
2
.
The interest paid or payable by the Appellant in the Appellant’s 2009  
and 2010 taxation years on the Unit Loan (as defined in the Reasons for  
Judgment) is deductible under paragraph 20(1)(c) of the Income Tax Act  
(the “ITA”) in computing the income of the Appellant for those taxation  
years.  
3
4
.
.
The Fees (as defined in the Reasons for Judgment) incurred by the  
Appellant in the Appellant’s 2009 and 2010 taxation years are deductible  
in computing the income of the Appellant for those taxation years in  
accordance with the applicable provisions of the ITA.  
The 2009 LP (as defined in the Reasons for Judgment) is not deemed by  
subsection 12(9) of the ITA to accrue as interest any amount in respect  
of the Linked Notes (as defined in the Reasons for Judgment) for its  
2
009 and 2010 taxation years.  
th  
Signed at Ottawa, Canada, this 8 day of September 2017.  
“J.R. Owen”  
Owen J.  
Docket: 2014-806(IT)G  
Appellant,  
BETWEEN:  
DANA TILATTI,  
and  
HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN,  
Respondent.  
Appeal heard on common evidence with the appeals of Lynn Cassan  
2013-355(IT)G and 2013-3488(IT)G), Kenneth Gordon (2014-384(IT)G),  
(
Stephen Chu (2014-802(IT)G), Katherine Lee Sang (2014-803(IT)G) and  
Howard Platnick (2014-804(IT)G) on February 8 to 12, 2016,  
February 15 to 19, 2016, February 22 to 25, 2016 and June 29 and 30, 2016,  
at Toronto, Ontario  
Before: The Honourable Justice John R. Owen  
Appearances:  
Counsel for the Appellants:  
Al Meghji, Mary Paterson,  
Pooja Mihailovich and Adam Hirsh  
Counsel for the Respondent:  
Daniel Bourgeois, Andrew Miller,  
and Josh Kumar  
JUDGMENT  
In accordance with the attached Reasons for Judgment, the appeal from the  
reassessments made under the Income Tax Act for the 2009 and 2010 taxation  
years is allowed and the reassessments are referred back to the Minister of National  
Revenue for reconsideration and reassessment on the basis that:  
1
.
The eligible amount of the gift made by the Appellant to TGTFC (as  
defined in the Reasons for Judgment) in 2009 is nil.  
Page: 2  
2
.
The interest paid or payable by the Appellant in the Appellant’s 2009  
and 2010 taxation years on the Unit Loan (as defined in the Reasons for  
Judgment) is deductible under paragraph 20(1)(c) of the Income Tax Act  
(the “ITA”) in computing the income of the Appellant for those taxation  
years.  
3
4
.
.
The Fees (as defined in the Reasons for Judgment) incurred by the  
Appellant in the Appellant’s 2009 and 2010 taxation years are deductible  
in computing the income of the Appellant for those taxation years in  
accordance with the applicable provisions of the ITA.  
The 2009 LP (as defined in the Reasons for Judgment) is not deemed by  
subsection 12(9) of the ITA to accrue as interest any amount in respect  
of the Linked Notes (as defined in the Reasons for Judgment) for its  
2
009 and 2010 taxation years.  
th  
Signed at Ottawa, Canada, this 8 day of September 2017.  
“J.R. Owen”  
Owen J.  
Citation: 2017 TCC 174  
Date: 20170908  
Dockets: 2013-355(IT)G  
2
013-3488(IT)G  
BETWEEN:  
LYNN CASSAN,  
and  
Appellant,  
HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN,  
Respondent;  
Docket: 2014-384(IT)G,  
AND BETWEEN:  
KENNETH GORDON,  
and  
Appellant,  
HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN,  
Respondent;  
Docket: 2014-802(IT)G,  
AND BETWEEN:  
STEPHEN CHU,  
and  
Appellant,  
HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN,  
Respondent;  
Page: 2  
Docket: 2014-803(IT)G,  
Appellant,  
AND BETWEEN:  
AND BETWEEN:  
AND BETWEEN:  
KATHERINE LEE SANG,  
and  
HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN,  
Respondent;  
Docket: 2014-804(IT)G  
HOWARD PLATNICK,  
and  
Appellant,  
HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN,  
Respondent;  
Docket: 2014-806(IT)G  
DANA TILATTI,  
and  
Appellant,  
HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN,  
Respondent.  
REASONS FOR JUDGMENT  
Owen J.  
I. Introduction  
[1] These are appeals by Lynn Cassan, Kenneth Gordon, Dana Tilatti, Howard  
Platnick, Steven Chu and Katherine Lee Sang (collectively, the “Appellants”) of  
reassessments fixing the income tax consequences of their participation in a  
structure called the EquiGenesis 2009-II Preferred Investment Limited Partnership  
and Donation Program (the “Program”) that was created and marketed by  
EquiGenesis Corporation (“EquiGenesis”) in 2009. The appeals were heard on  
common evidence.  
Page: 3  
[2] The basic components of the Program vis-à-vis the Appellants are an  
investment, substantially funded by a loan, in limited partnership units of a limited  
partnership and a transfer of money to a charitable foundation, also substantially  
funded by a loan. EquiGenesis promoted the Program on the basis that a  
participant in the Program would be entitled to a non-refundable charitable  
donation tax credit for the 2009 taxation year and to deductions from income for  
interest and fees payable over 19 years.  
[
2
3] The Minister of National Revenue (the “Minister”) reassessed the 2009 and  
010 taxation years of the Appellants to deny the non-refundable charitable  
1
donation tax credit claimed in respect of the Program for the 2009 taxation year  
and to deny the deductions from income claimed in respect of the Program for the  
2
009 and 2010 taxation years. The Minister also included in income each  
Appellant’s proportionate share of income the Minister says was deemed by  
2
subsection 12(9) of the Income Tax Act (Canada) (the “ITA”) and paragraph  
7
000(2)(d) of the Income Tax Regulations (the “ITR”) to be realized by the limited  
partnership.  
II. The Evidence  
[4] The parties filed a statement of agreed facts (partial), a copy of which is  
attached as Appendix A to these reasons. The structure of the Program is shown  
graphically in Appendix B to these reasons.  
[5] Six fact witnesses and three expert witnesses testified for the Appellants:  
1
.
Kenneth Gordon, the sole shareholder of EquiGenesis, a participant in  
the Program and one of the Appellants;  
2
3
4
5
.
.
.
.
Dana Tilatti, a participant in the Program and one of the Appellants;  
Howard Platnick, a participant in the Program and one of the Appellants;  
Steven Chu, a participant in the Program and one of the Appellants;  
Katherine Lee Sang, a participant in the Program and one of the  
Appellants;  
1
In addition, Lynn Cassan was reassessed for her 2011 taxation year after filing a notice of objection to the initial  
assessment for the year, claiming deductions for the interest and loan-related fees for that year and a limited  
partnership loss of $3,309. The reassessment denied the claimed deductions and added $145,400 of income. A  
subsequent reassessment removed the $145,400 of income for the reason described in paragraph 163 below.  
2
Unless otherwise noted all statutory references are to the provisions of the ITA.  
Page: 4  
6
7
.
.
Lynn Cassan, a participant in the Program and one of the Appellants;  
Howard Rosen, a principal of FTI Consulting Inc. (“FTI”), who was  
qualified as an expert in business valuation and corporate finance;  
8
9
.
.
Jerrold Marriott, the president of Eastmount Financial Consulting  
Limited (“Eastmount”), who was qualified as an expert in credit rating  
and structured finance capital markets; and  
Andrew Scott Davidson, the managing Director of Duff & Phelps (“D &  
P”), who was qualified as an expert in business and security interests.  
[6] Three fact witnesses and one expert witness testified for the Respondent:  
1
2
.
.
Mary Zhang, a private banker working with TD Wealth private clients;  
Louis Tilatti, the spouse of Dana Tilatti and a participant in similar  
programs offered by EquiGenesis in 2005, 2010 and 2012;  
3
4
.
.
Christine Spettigue, an auditor with the Canada Revenue Agency (the  
CRA”) involved in the audit of the Program; and  
Howard Edward Johnson, a corporate finance advisor with Campbell  
Valuation Partners Limited (“CVPL”), who was qualified as an expert in  
the valuation of debt instruments, in the valuation of equity securities  
and in corporate finance.  
A. The Fact Witnesses  
1) Kenneth Gordon  
(
[
7] Mr. Kenneth Gordon testified first for the Appellants. He is the president, sole3  
owner, sole shareholder, sole director and senior officer of EquiGenesis.  
Mr. Gordon is a lawyer and a member of the Law Society of Upper Canada.  
Mr. Gordon is also one of the 59 taxpayers who participated in the Program (I will  
refer to these 59 taxpayers collectively as the “Participants” and individually as a  
Participant”).  
[8] Mr. Gordon described the role of EquiGenesis and himself in connection with  
the Program as follows:  
3
Lines 15 to 17 of page 45 of the transcript of the hearing held at Toronto, Ontario, from February 8, 2016 to  
February 25, 2016 (the “Transcript”).  
Page: 5  
Q. . . . What is EquiGenesis’s role in connection with the ‘09 program?  
A.  
EquiGenesis played a variety of rules [sic]. It was the creator, the  
structurer, the distributor, and it was the manager. So we played all those functions  
and we –– we did so and we have a compliment [sic] of people in our office who  
are specifically trained to be able to properly implement and manage these  
programs throughout their entire life.  
Q. Let’s talk about you in particular, what has your role been day-to-day in these  
programs?  
A. My role has been to specifically oversee everything that happens related to  
from beginning to end of these programs. So I am intimately involved in the  
structuring, in the reviewing and drafting of documents and overseeing drafting of  
documents by counsel, in the preparation of marketing materials, in overseeing the  
marketing process with clients and potential clients and their advisors and I am  
extremely involved on a day-to-day basis in the ongoing management of these  
programs, some of which extend like the one today, the ‘09 program, for up to 20  
4
years.  
[9] Mr. Gordon described the history of the Program and the structure and  
operation of the Program. The basic structure used in the Program was first  
employed in 2003 and then again in 2004, 2005 and 2006. According to  
Mr. Gordon, no program was offered in 2007 or 2008 because the 2005 and 2006  
programs were under audit by the CRA and it was not considered prudent to offer  
5
new programs until these audits were completed.  
[10] In early 2009, the taxpayers participating in the 2005 and 2006 programs,  
including Mr. Gordon, were advised in writing by the CRA that the audit of those  
6
programs had been terminated and that no reassessments were to be issued.  
[11] After meeting with the auditor to obtain an understanding of the reasoning  
behind the decision not to reassess, Mr. Gordon decided to proceed with the  
creation of the Program on the basis that it should follow the structure of the 2005  
7
and 2006 programs as closely as possible. Mr. Gordon stated that EquiGenesis  
8
offered further programs in 2010, 2011 and 2012 on the same basis.  
[12] In cross-examination, Mr. Gordon testified that the term of the program for  
2
010 had been shortened to 10 years and that an additional option on maturity had  
4
Lines 1 to 22 of page 53 of the Transcript.  
Lines 12 to 22 of page 48 of the Transcript.  
Exhibit A-1 is a copy of such a letter to Mr. Gordon.  
Lines 15 to 28 of page 51 and lines 1 to 5 of page 52 of the Transcript.  
Lines 6 to 8 of page 52 of the Transcript.  
5
6
7
8
Page: 6  
9
been added. The additional option involves an exchange of the limited partnership  
units issued to participants in the 2010 program for mutual fund trust units and a  
1
0
donation of the latter to a charity. Mr. Gordon stated that this option could not be  
added to the Program because of conditions laid down in paragraph 38(a.3) of the  
1
1
ITA.  
[13] Each Participant in the Program was required to purchase a minimum of ten  
limited partnership units (the “LP Units”) in the EquiGenesis 2009-II Preferred  
Investment Limited Partnership (the “2009 LP”) for $36,140 per LP unit. Of the  
total purchase price of $36,140 per LP Unit, $32,000 was funded by a loan (a “Unit  
Loan”) from aIncome 2009 Finance Trust (“FT”) and the balance of $4,140 was  
funded by the Participant from the Participant’s own resources.  
[
14] FT acquired the funding for the initial advances of the Unit Loans from a  
12  
credit facility provided by third-party lenders. In cross-examination, Mr. Gordon  
stated that at the time each of the Unit Loans was advanced he was not aware of  
either the identity of the third-party lenders or the details of the loans made by  
1
3
them to FT.  
[
15] To obtain a Unit Loan, a Participant was required to complete a unit loan  
1
4
application and assignment form (a “ULAA Form”). The ULAA Form was  
1
5
prepared by FT’s counsel in consultation with EquiGenesis’ counsel. The form  
required the Participants to disclose within ranges specified on the form the  
Participants gross personal annual income, their gross household annual income,  
1
6
their assets and their liabilities.  
[16] In cross-examination, Mr. Gordon stated that he was not required to provide  
any document to support his income or net worth as disclosed on his ULAA  
1
7
Form. Mr. Gordon also stated that he did not disclose liabilities associated with  
his participation in previous programs on the basis that these liabilities would not  
have any impact on the net worth he disclosed on the form and on the basis of his  
9
Lines 1 to 10 of page 451 of the Transcript.  
Lines 11 to 28 of page 451 and lines 1 to 6 of page 452 of the Transcript.  
Lines 25 to 28 of page 452 and lines 1 to 16 of page 453 of the Transcript.  
The third-party lenders are named on page 10 of the document at Tab 14 of the Joint Book of Documents (“Joint  
1
1
1
0
1
2
Book”).  
1
1
1
3
4
5
Lines 19 to 28 of page 278 and lines 1 to 4 of page 279 of the Transcript.  
The ULAA Forms completed by the Participants are found at Tab 27 of the Joint Book.  
The primary concern of EquiGenesis’ counsel was to ensure that the ULAA Form did not materially vary from the  
form used in the 2005 and 2006 programs: lines 9 to 12 of page 105 of the Transcript.  
1
6
The forms did not require precise numbers. Rather, the Participant had to tick the box showing the appropriate  
range for that particular item.  
Lines 13 to 22 of page 325 of the Transcript.  
17  
Page: 7  
belief that FT was focussing on the borrower’s ability to meet the cash flow  
1
8
requirements with regard to the loan.  
[17] Article 2.02 of the ULAA Form provided for additional advances to the  
Participant that would be added to the principal amount of that Participant’s Unit  
Loan. Mr. Gordon explained the purpose of this provision as follows:  
The purpose of that section is to provide the opportunity for the lender at its sole  
discretion to make annual additional advances which would be added to the  
principal of the outstanding loan and would be used to pay interest from the prior  
year.  
.
. .  
The intention was that interest -- there was a mechanism in place at the sole  
discretion of the lender that would allow it the opportunity to, if appropriate, to  
make additional advances to fund the interest from the prior year, and this would  
happen every year before the end of February to satisfy the Income Tax Act  
1
9
requirement that interest was paid within 60 days of year end.  
[18] Articles 2.03 and 2.06 of the ULAA Form stated that the principal amount of  
the Unit Loan bore interest at 7.85% per annum and that the Unit Loan matured on  
February 15, 2019. Articles 2.04 and 2.05 of the ULAA Form described the loan  
arrangement fee and the loan maintenance fee respectively. Article 2.07 of the  
ULAA Form stated that the Unit Loan would be evidenced by a promissory note,  
2
0
and Mr. Gordon testified that each Participant executed a promissory note. The  
form of promissory note used stated that the Unit Loan matured on  
2
1
February 15, 2019.  
[19] Mr. Gordon explained the February 15, 2019 maturity date of the Unit Loans  
as follows:  
Q. You said that the loan matures at February 15th, 2019, earlier in your  
evidence?  
A. Yes.  
Q. We see that at article 2.06 on page 26 [of the ULAA Form]?  
A. Correct.  
18  
Lines 12 to 28 of page 326, lines 1 to 28 of page 327, lines 1 to 17 of page 328 and lines 1 to 21 of page 329 of the  
Transcript.  
1
2
2
9
0
1
Lines 16 to 20 and lines 25 to 28 of page 106 and lines 1 to 4 of page 107 of the Transcript.  
Lines 21 through 25 of page 109 of the Transcript.  
See, for example, the promissory note executed by Mr. Gordon found at Tab 143 of the Joint Book.  
Page: 8  
Q. What happens at maturity?  
A. At maturity the loan becomes fully payable, both all principal and accrued  
interest to that date, and must be paid in full.  
Q. It’s a 20-year program so why is it designed so that the loan matures halfway  
through?  
A. Although the program was intended to potentially reach 20 years it’s essential  
from a tax perspective that the debt mature in a period within the first 10 years so  
there had to be bona fides terms of re-payment [sic] within 10 years, and that was  
2
2
what drove the requirement to have the debt paid in full by that date.  
[20] Mr. Gordon testified that the Participants were advised that the Unit Loan had  
to be repaid on maturity and that they were not given any written or verbal  
2
3
assurance that the loan would be renewed or extended. He pointed to statements  
to this effect made in Article 5 of the ULAA Form and in the confidential offering  
2
4
memorandum for the Program (the “COM”).  
[21] With respect to EquiGenesis’ role on the maturity of the Unit Loan,  
Mr. Gordon stated:  
Q. What did EquiGenesis tell participants about EquiGenesis’s role in  
potentially refinancing the loans?  
A. We told them that there was the potential at 10 years prior, just prior to the  
date the loan matured, that we would, to the extent possible, investigate options, but  
no options had been, have been investigated yet and no options have been  
2
5
considered at the time.  
[22] In cross-examination, Mr. Gordon stated that if a sufficient number of  
Participants wanted to refinance the Unit Loan, EquiGenesis would do what it  
2
6
could on a best efforts basis to assist in finding a replacement lender. Mr. Gordon  
also stated that on maturity the loans for the 2003, 2004, 2005 and 2006 programs  
2
2
2
2
3
4
Lines 6 to 22 of page 107 of the Transcript.  
Lines 23 to 26 of page 107 and lines 17 to 22 of page 108 of the Transcript.  
Lines 23 to 28 of page 107, lines 1 to 9 of page 108, lines 12 to 28 of page 111, page 112, and lines 1 to 10 of  
page 113 of the Transcript. The COM is at Tab 4 of the Joint Book. Mr. Gordon referred to pages 10, 62 and 64 of  
the COM in his testimony.  
2
2
5
6
Lines 12 to 20 of page 109 of the Transcript.  
Lines 10 to 28 of page 380 and lines 1 to 5 of page 381, lines 16 to 28 of page 382 and lines 1 to 10 of page 383  
and lines 8 to 12 of page 384 of the Transcript.  
Page: 9  
had been replaced with new loans from special-purpose entities and that over 90%  
2
7
of the participants in the 2003 program had refinanced.  
[23] Under the terms of the Unit Loan, the 7.85% annual interest had to be paid by  
the Participant no later than February 28 of the year following the year in which  
the interest accrued. For example, the interest that accrued on a Unit Loan during  
2
011 had to be paid by February 28, 2012. If the interest was not paid by a  
Participant by a certain deadline, the Participant was deemed to have requested an  
additional cash advance from FT equal to the amount of that interest, subject to the  
discretion of FT to refuse the additional advance.  
[24] Mr. Gordon explained the intention behind the additional advances and the  
means employed to make the advances as follows:  
Q. Mr. Gordon, can you explain for the Court how these additional advances  
work?  
A. The additional advances are intended to facilitate the participants’ obligation  
to fund interest every year within 60 days of year end so as to avoid violating the  
Limited Recourse Debt Rules and creates [sic] a mechanism that provides the  
ability of the lender to -- on an annual basis -- determine whether or not the client  
or the participant or I should say the borrower is creditworthy enough or at least not  
in default of any of its obligations and therefore entitled to receive an advance.  
To the extent that the lender has approved the participants for the advance, then,  
every year prior to February 28th, the lender will make two advances. One advance  
in an aggregate amount in respect of the participants who borrowed in respect of  
the partnership loan and that advance is made on an aggregate basis from the lender  
to the general partner of the partnership, which is authorized under the loan  
documentation as an agent to receive those funds on behalf of each of the  
participants.  
The amount the GP will receive is an aggregate amount equal to the combined  
amount of interest owing on each of the borrowers pursuant to their partnership  
loans for the prior fiscal period. The lender will advance that amount to the general  
partner. The general partner will receive that amount and re-pay [sic] it back to the  
lender on behalf of each of the borrowers who have borrowed under the loan  
agreements.  
The lender will receive that amount, account for it as a payment on account of the  
prior 12 months’ interest during the prior fiscal period and then will immediately  
increase the loan amount, the principal of the borrower’s loan amount to account  
2
7
Lines 27 to 28 of page 389, pages 390 to 392 and lines 1 to 21 of page 393 of the Transcript. The loans for the  
006 program were replaced shortly before the hearing of these appeals in February 2016.  
2
Page: 10  
for that additional advance. That is how the interest is paid annually within 60 days  
2
8
of year end for each of the borrowers who purchased limited partnership units.  
[25] Mr. Gordon stated that while a request to FT for an advance was made  
automatically if a Participant did not pay the prior year’s accrued interest by the  
2
9
deadline, the advance itself was not automatic but was at the discretion of FT.  
Mr. Gordon provided a detailed explanation of the steps taken to effect each year’s  
advances, including the role played by TD Canada Trust, which was described as  
follows:  
Q. Tell us about the bank and the bank’s role in this process?  
A. The bank played a significant role in this process in that the funds and the  
transaction for this closing all took place in the early years at the branch of the TD  
Canada Trust here in Toronto. All of the parties involved in the transaction have  
bank accounts at the same branch of the TD Canada Trust.  
What would happen is the representatives of Finance Trust would initially deposit  
the advance amount in cash from Finance Trust into their account at the TD Bank.  
Then the TD Bank would walk those funds through the appropriate transaction  
paying them from the lender, Finance Trust, to either EquiGenesis or the GP as the  
case may be and then paying those funds back to the lender and documenting the  
entire process on a manual basis, the deposits, the transfers, the receipts, and so on.  
The process is fully documented as the cash originating from Finance Trust flows  
3
0
through each of the relevant parties and eventually back to Finance Trust.  
[26] In more recent years, the bank has employed electronic processing managed  
by FT, which eliminates the need for the parties to attend at the bank branch to  
3
1
effect the annual advances.  
[27] Each Participant pledged to FT his or her LP Units as security for the Unit  
Loan and this security interest was perfected by delivery of the LP Unit certificates  
to FT. In addition, the 2009 LP and its general partner, the EquiGenesis 2009II  
Preferred Investment GP Corp. (the “GP”), entered into a priority agreement with  
FT that gave FT priority over the 2009 LP and GP with respect to any claim over  
3
2
the LP Units.  
2
2
3
3
3
8
9
0
1
2
Lines 22 to 28 of page 176, page 177 and lines 1 to 2 of page 178 of the Transcript.  
Lines 26 to 28 of page 179 and lines 1 to 19 of page 180 of the Transcript.  
Lines 7 to 26 of page 182 of the Transcript.  
Lines 8 to 28 of page 183 and lines 1 to 4 of page 184 of the Transcript.  
Lines 26 to 28 of page 188 and lines 1 to 20 of page 189 of the Transcript. The priority agreement is found at Tab  
3 of the Joint Book.  
4
Page: 11  
[28] Each Participant was required to pay to FT a one-time loan arrangement fee  
of $125 per LP Unit purchased by the Participant (the “LA Fee”). Commencing on  
February 1, 2011, each Participant was required to pay to FT an annual loan  
maintenance fee of $30 per LP Unit purchased (the “LM Fee”) and to pay to the  
GP an annual administration fee of $95 per LP Unit purchased (the “Admin Fee”).  
Of this $95, $25 was an agent service fee paid to the individuals who sold the  
Program to taxpayers and $70 was retained by the GP for the ongoing  
3
3
administration of the Program. I will refer to the LA Fee, the LM Fee and the  
Admin Fee collectively as the “Fees”.  
[29] For each LP Unit issued to the Participants, the 2009 LP used $1,565 to cover  
issue costs for the LP Units and invested $34,575 in debt instruments (the “Linked  
3
4
Notes) issued by Leeward Alternative Financial Asset 2009 Corporation  
(
(
Leeward”), a corporation formed under the laws of the British Virgin Islands  
BVI”).  
[30] On the maturity of the Linked Notes on December 31, 2028, Leeward is  
required to pay the 2009 LP the principal amount of the Linked Notes (i.e.,  
34,575 per LP Unit issued to Participants) and a return on the principal amount  
$
determined at that time as the greater of two amounts. Each such amount is  
calculated by reference to a notional portfolio of assets, which I will refer to as  
Portfolio A” and “Portfolio B”. As security for its obligations under the Linked  
Notes, Leeward granted the 2009 LP a security interest over all of its assets  
pursuant to the terms of a general security agreement.  
[
2
31] For each LP Unit issued, Leeward lent $32,000 of the amount received from  
009 LP for the Linked Notes to aIncome 2009 Deposit Trust (“DT”) and DT  
immediately lent the same amount to FT. Each of these loans bears interest at  
.85% per annum and matures on December 31, 2028. DT granted Leeward a  
7
security interest over all its assets and FT granted DT a security interest over all its  
assets.  
[32] Although Mr. Gordon stated that he did not have knowledge of FT’s  
activities, he agreed that since FT was a special-purpose entity created to  
participate in the Program it was logical to assume that FT used the proceeds of the  
loan from DT to repay the third-party lenders.  
3
3
3
4
Lines 19 to 26 of page 171 of the Transcript.  
One of the Linked Notes is found at Tab 44 of the Joint Book.  
Page: 12  
[
33] In cross-examination, Mr. Gordon stated that the funds advanced by FT  
3
5
passed sequentially through each party’s bank account at TD. Rather than each  
Participant having a bank account, the General Partner received the funds  
3
6
advanced by FT in its capacity as agent for the Participants.  
[34] For each LP Unit issued, Leeward invested $2,575 in Class D notes (the “Man  
Notes”) issued by AHL Investment Strategies SPC, a Cayman Islands corporation  
managed by Man Investments Limited (“Man”). The return on the Man Notes was  
dependent on the return realized on an underlying pool of assets managed by Man.  
[35] A Participant who agreed to acquire LP Units was given the opportunity to  
borrow from FT a second amount equal to $10,000 per LP Unit purchased by the  
Participant (the “TGTFC Loan”) on the condition that the amount of the TGTFC  
Loan be transferred by the Participant to The Giving Tree Foundation of Canada  
(
TGTFC”). Of the 59 Participants in the Program 58 chose to take advantage of  
this aspect of the Program (I will refer to these 58 Participants collectively as the  
TGTFC Participants” and individually as a “TGTFC Participant and I will refer  
to this aspect of the Program as the “TGTFC Program”).  
[36] The TGTFC Loan matured on February 15, 2019 and bore interest at 7.85%  
per annum. Each TGTFC Participant was required to pay to FT in respect of this  
loan a one-time loan arrangement fee of $35 per LP Unit purchased by that  
Participant. FT acquired the funding for the initial advance of the TGTFC Loans  
from the credit facility provided by the third-party lenders.  
[37] Of the total interest on the TGTFC Loan of 7.85% per annum, each TGTFC  
Participant was required to pay 3.75% per annum in cash from his or her own  
resources no later than February 28 of the following year. The balance of 4.1% per  
annum was also payable no later than February 28 of the following year. However,  
if the 4.1% was not paid by a TGTFC Participant by a certain deadline, that  
participant was deemed to have requested an additional cash advance from FT  
equal to the amount of that interest, subject to the discretion of FT to refuse the  
additional advance.  
[38] Mr. Gordon stated that the only substantive difference between the Unit Loan  
and the TGTFC Loan was the requirement that a TGTFC Participant pay a portion  
of the interest accruing on the TGTFC Loan from his or her own resources and not  
from an advance by FT.  
3
3
5
6
Lines 20 to 28 of page 280 and lines 1 to 3 of page 281 of the Transcript.  
Lines 15 to 18 of page 277 of the Transcript.  
Page: 13  
[39] In cross-examination, Mr. Gordon was asked about his understanding of the  
credit review conducted by FT prior to advancing Unit Loans or TGTFC Loans.  
He stated that his understanding at the time of the closings in 2009 was that FT  
3
7
conducted credit checks and PPSA searches of all Participants. However, after  
his first examination for discovery he was advised by a representative of FT that  
FT did not perform credit checks of the Participants with respect to the first two of  
the four closings for the purchase of LP Units. Instead, credit checks were being  
performed by FT by the end of October 2009, which was after the first two  
closings, for which PPSA (Personal Property Security Act) searches were done in  
3
8
the absence of credit checks. He was also advised by FT that it had not performed  
credit checks prior to making additional advances to Participants in 2010 and  
39  
011. Mr. Gordon stated that he had no personal knowledge of FT performing  
40  
2
credit checks and was not able to provide documentary evidence of credit checks  
4
1
performed by FT.  
[40] Each TGTFC Participant transferred the amount of his or her TGTFC Loan  
and a further $200 per LP Unit purchased by the TGTFC Participant (for a total of  
10,200 per LP Unit purchased by the TGTFC Participant) to TGTFC under the  
$
terms of a pledge executed by the TGTFC Participant and TGTFC (I will refer to  
the total amount transferred to TGTFC by the TGTFC Participants as the  
Transferred Property”). TGTFC issued each TGTFC Participant a charitable  
donation receipt in an amount equal to the face value of the amount transferred by  
that Participant to TGTFC.  
[41] The pledge required TGTFC to invest 98.04% of the face amount transferred  
to it by a TGTFC Participant in debt obligations (the “TGTFC Notes”) issued by  
Leeward. This equated to an investment in TGTFC Notes of $10,000 per LP Unit  
purchased by the TGTFC Participant.  
[42] As well, the pledge required TGTFC to hold the TGTFC Notes until maturity  
on December 31, 2028. In cross-examination, Mr. Gordon stated that the  
agreement of TGTFC to lend Leeward 98.04% of the Transferred Property was  
essential to the structure. He also stated that by participating in the Program  
TGTFC recognized that it was a closed structure:  
The charity always had an option to take funds that it received as a donee and  
invest the way they wanted to. By participating in this structure they recognized it  
3
3
3
4
4
7
8
9
0
1
Lines 24 to 26 of page 323 of the Transcript.  
Lines 2 to 27 of page 324 of the Transcript.  
Lines 4 to 20 of page 405 of the Transcript.  
Lines 23 to 27 of page 404 of the Transcript.  
Lines 27 to 28 of page 320 and lines 1 to 8 of page 321 of the Transcript.  
Page: 14  
was a closed structure. It was a structured finance vehicle and as such it was  
intended to match the elements of two earlier versions previously done. So in  
respect of that element, to the extent that the charity received donations through this  
structure, they agreed to invest them as laid out in the original memorandum of  
4
2
understanding.  
[
43] Leeward issued TGTFC two TGTFC Notes, on December 15, 2009 and  
43  
December 30, 2009 respectively. The TGTFC Notes each bore interest at the rate  
of 4.75 % per annum. Leeward was required to pay TGTFC an amount equal to  
1
.75% of the TGTFC Notes in December 2010 and an amount equal to 3.75% of  
44  
the TGTFC Notes on December 31 of each subsequent year until maturity. The  
balance of the interest payable on the TGTFC Notes accrued and was payable by  
Leeward to TGTFC on maturity. In cross-examination, Mr. Gordon confirmed that  
the amount of Leeward’s liability to TGTFC for every $102,000 transferred to  
TGTFC by a TGTFC Participant (that is, per 10 LP Units purchased by a TGTFC  
4
5
Participant) would be $134,402 (or $13,440.20 per LP Unit).  
[44] Mr. Gordon explained how the 3.75% per annum (or $375 per $10,000 of  
TGTFC Loan) was paid to TGTFC, as follows:  
Q. What happens to the $375 in respect of the donation loan interest?  
A. Two separate things happen in respect of that money. First, I will walk you  
through the legal flow of those funds as anticipated by the diagram. Then I will  
secondarily tell you exactly how those funds flow from a practical perspective.  
The $375 of the $500 is intended to flow from the donor directly to Finance Trust.  
Finance Trust will receive that money and account for it to reduce the interest  
owing on an annual basis on the donation loan. Finance Trust then immediately, at  
the same time, has a matching obligation to pay that $375 to Deposit Trust on  
account of the loan agreement entered into between Finance Trust and Deposit  
Trust.  
Similarly, Deposit Trust has a matching obligation to pay $375 to Leeward on  
account of the loan agreement entered into between Deposit Trust and Leeward.  
Then immediately Leeward has a matching obligation to pay the same $375  
through to The Giving Tree on account of its commitment by issuing the charity  
investment note which requires a 3.75 percent annual payment. The 3.75 percent on  
a $10,000 original investment is exactly 3.75 percent.  
4
4
4
2
3
4
Lines 10 to 19 of page 286 of the Transcript.  
A copy of the December 15, 2009 TGTFC Note is found at Tab 78 of the Joint Book.  
If December 31 was not a business day then the payment was to occur on the last business day immediately  
preceding December 31.  
45  
Lines 16 to 28 of page 298 and lines 1 to 7 of page 299 of the Transcript.  
Page: 15  
It means that notionally the $375 flows through each of these parties. What actually  
happens is, after the funds are collected and they are aggregated in EquiGenesis’s  
trust account, each of the relevant parties –– being the lender –– sorry, Finance  
4
6
Trust, Deposit Trust, and Leeward sign what we refer to as an omnibus direction.  
[45] To secure its obligations under the TGTFC Notes, Leeward granted TGTFC a  
security interest over all of its assets, which had priority over any other security  
interest granted by Leeward, with the result that the TGTFC Notes ranked ahead of  
4
7
the Linked Notes. Mr. Gordon explained the importance of the security provided  
to TGTFC as follows:  
A. . . . We felt it was essential when this structure was put together that there be  
very specific security arrangements in place that would put the charity in first  
position and would put the partnership in second position to be certain they would  
be able to receive what they are entitled to be paid under their contracts. This  
document outlines all of those security arrangements.  
Q. Why is it important that the charity be in first position?  
A. The parties agreed that, by the charity participating in this structure and by  
agreeing to commit to entering into a contract with Leeward, in return the charity  
would be the first entity entitled to be paid out of all of the assets incorporated into  
this structure. That would provide the charity sufficient certainty to be able to  
4
8
realize on the full value of what they were owed under the charity note.  
[46] Each TGTFC Participant executed a direction which instructed TGTFC how  
to disburse 90% of its annual cash income from the TGTFC Notes purchased using  
that participant’s transfer to TGTFC. The direction included a list of charities and  
each TGTFC Participant was required to pick a maximum of four charities from  
that list and designate the percentage to be paid annually by TGTFC to that  
particular charity. Mr. Gordon stated that to the end of 2015 TGTFC had received  
cash payments under the TGTFC Notes totalling $2.3 million and that TGTFC had  
retained $232,000 and distributed the balance as set out in the directions from the  
4
9
TGTFC Participants.  
[47] Leeward lent to DT the proceeds from issuing the TGTFC Notes and DT  
immediately lent the same amount to FT. These loans have a maturity date of  
4
6
Lines 16 to 28 of page 172 and lines 1 to 17 of page 173 of the Transcript. An example of an omnibus direction is  
found at Tab 98 of the Joint Book.  
Mr. Gordon explained the security arrangements in detail at pages 185 to 204 of the Transcript. In doing so, he  
47  
referred to a document provided to the Participants titled “Security Arrangements”, which is found at Tab 3 of the  
Joint Book.  
4
4
8
9
Lines 18 to 28 of page 185 and lines 1 to 6 of page 186 of the Transcript.  
Lines 3 to 28 of page 254 and lines 1 to 4 of page 255 of the Transcript.  
Page: 16  
December 31, 2028 and bear interest at 7.85% per annum. As stated above,  
Mr. Gordon agreed that it was logical to assume that FT used the proceeds of the  
loan from DT to repay the third-party lenders.  
[48] A Participant could exit the Program in one of three ways: on the maturity of  
the Program on December 31, 2028, by requesting the redemption of the LP Units  
after the ninth year of the Program, or by selling the LP Units to a third party  
5
0
approved by the 2009 LP and FT. Mr. Gordon described exit on maturity as the  
5
1
expected route”. The redemption route was available to Participants once  
annually after the ninth year of the Program.  
[49] With respect to selling the LP Units, Mr. Gordon pointed to language in the  
COM indicating that there was no market for LP Units and that it may be difficult  
5
2
or even impossible for unit holders to sell them. Mr. Gordon stated that no  
Participant had sold LP Units but that participants in earlier programs had on a few  
occasions sold partnership units. He described four situations in which participants  
in earlier programs sold partnership units on their own and two situations in which  
5
3
EquiGenesis was able to find purchasers for the limited partnership units. He  
further stated that EquiGenesis did not have arrangements with any entity to buy  
5
4
the LP Units at any time.  
[50] Mr. Gordon noted that although Participants were not told to expect a capital  
gain on the disposition of their LP Units, one of the two disposition scenarios  
Scenario B) in the term sheets for the Program provided to Participants  
(
contemplated a capital gain on the disposition of LP Units. Mr. Gordon described  
the two scenarios as follows:  
Scenario A was intended to provide an analysis as to the financial repercussions on  
maturity if a unit holder held the units to maturity. Scenario B was designed to  
indicate the financial repercussions or results for somebody who was able to sell  
their units prior to maturity.  
In that case, it was assumed that the units themselves were treated as capital  
property. As a result, the disposition of [sic] the sale of those units to a third party  
would trigger a capital gain income inclusion as opposed to a full income  
5
5
inclusion.  
5
5
5
5
5
5
0
1
2
3
4
5
Lines 13 to 28 of page 222 and lines 1 to 12 of page 223 of the Transcript.  
Line 23 of page 222 of the Transcript.  
Page 225 and lines 1 to 9 of page 226 of the Transcript.  
Line 28 of page 227, page 228 and lines 1 to 12 of page 229 of the Transcript.  
Lines 13 to 15 of page 229 of the Transcript.  
Lines 27 to 28 of page 226 and lines 1 to 9 of page 227 of the Transcript.  
Page: 17  
[51] Mr. Gordon described the cash flow results set out on two versions of the  
term sheet provided to Participants resident in Ontario. The first version assumed a  
donation to TGTFC while the second version assumed no donation. In light of the  
various assumptions made in each term sheet, the two scenarios suggested that on  
the maturity of the Program a taxpayer that transferred property to TGTFC as part  
of the Program would be cash positive in the amount of $218,000 while a taxpayer  
that did not transfer property to TGTFC would be cash positive in the amount of  
5
6
$
436,000.  
[52] In cross-examination, Mr. Gordon was asked about a computer model of the  
Program that allowed the user to test a variety of variables. During this  
questioning, Mr. Gordon confirmed that if the Man Notes held by Leeward had an  
average return of 9.61% per annum to maturity on December 31, 2028 then the  
value of that investment would be $134,470 per 10 LP Units, which would provide  
Leeward with sufficient funds to discharge its $134,402 obligation to TGTFC  
5
7
under the TGTFC Notes.  
[53] Mr. Gordon also summarized what would be paid on maturity by Leeward to  
the 2009 LP, as follows:  
The first calculation you do on maturity is you take the value of the notional value  
owing under the contract and you compare that with the actual value of assets that  
Leeward has on liquidation, reduce the actual assets that Leeward has on  
liquidation by the amount owing to the charity to satisfy its obligations on the  
charity note and the lessor [sic] of those two remaining amounts is what will be  
5
8
paid to the partnership.  
[54] Accordingly, on the maturity of the Linked Notes on December 31, 2028, the  
amount that will be paid by Leeward to the 2009 LP will never be greater than the  
assets of Leeward at that time less the amount payable by Leeward to TGTFC  
regardless of the amount Leeward owes to the 2009 LP under the Linked Notes. In  
addition, if the Man Notes perform above the historical return of 18.1% per annum,  
5
9
the potential shortfall appears to increase rather than decrease. If Leeward does  
not pay the full amount of the return owing to the 2009 LP under the Linked Notes,  
the 2009 LP is expected to claim a deduction from income under paragraph  
60  
0(1)(p) equal to the shortfall.  
2
5
5
6
7
Lines 15 to 20 of page 250 of the Transcript.  
Lines 17 to 27 of page 302 of the Transcript. These numbers are all based on a TGTFC Participant that purchases  
0 LP Units and transfers $102,000 to TGTFC.  
Lines 23 to 28 of page 303 and lines 1 to 2 of page 304 of the Transcript.  
Lines 16 to 24 of page 306 of the Transcript.  
Lines 10 to 16 of page 213 of the Transcript.  
1
5
5
6
8
9
0
Page: 18  
[
55] In cross-examination, Mr. Gordon stated that there were two authorized  
6
1
representatives of the Participants: EquiGenesis and Osler, Hoskin & Harcourt.  
He agreed that the costs incurred in assisting the Participants had been quantified  
6
2
in an answer to an undertaking.  
2) Dana Tilatti  
56] Dana Tilatti is a manager for contracts and billing with Unisys Canada.  
(
6
3
[
Mrs. Tilatti testified that she and her husband, Louis Tilatti, make their investment  
decisions jointly and that they participated in similar programs offered by  
6
4
EquiGenesis in 2005 and 2006. She stated that, after the CRA had audited the  
previous programs and decided not to reassess, she and her husband decided to  
6
5
participate in the Program.  
[57] Mrs. Tilatti understood that the Program was closely modelled after the 2005  
and 2006 programs offered by EquiGenesis and she believed that she had a fairly  
good understanding overall of what the Program involved, and this was based on  
her review of the documents provided by EquiGenesis, which included opinions  
6
6
from FTI and a law firm. In cross-examination, Mrs. Tilatti stated that she had no  
direct contact with anyone from EquiGenesis and that she obtained information  
about the Program from her husband, who in turn obtained the information from a  
6
7
EquiGenesis provided Mr. Tilatti with a  
representative of EquiGenesis.  
spreadsheet to calculate the optimal number of units to purchase but he instead  
used a tax preparation program to determine that 10 LP Units satisfied their  
6
8
requirements.  
[58] Mrs. Tilatti described the Program as involving two components: an  
investment component and a charitable donation component. Mrs. Tilatti and her  
husband decided that she would purchase 10 LP Units, which was the minimum  
6
9
investment allowed.  
[59] In cross-examination, Mrs. Tilatti testified that she funded the $361,400  
purchase price of 10 LP Units with $41,400 of her own money and a $320,000  
6
6
6
6
1
2
3
4
Lines 17 to 27 of page 464 of the Transcript.  
Lines 4 to 10 of page 465 of the Transcript.  
Lines 4 to 5 of page 1004 of the Transcript.  
Dana Tilatti participated in the 2006 program and Louis Tilatti participated in the 2005 program: lines 7 to 9 of  
page 1005 of the Transcript.  
6
6
6
6
6
5
6
7
8
9
Lines 13 to 22 of page 1005 of the Transcript.  
Lines 8 to 26 of page 1006, lines 20 to 28 of page 1007 and lines 1 to 3 of page 1008 of the Transcript.  
Lines 3 to 28 of page 1030, line 1 of page 1031 and lines 16 to 23 of page 1072 of the Transcript.  
Lines 8 to 24 of page 1033 and lines 16 to 25 of page 1038 of the Transcript.  
Lines 23 to 28 of page 1008, lines 12 to 28 of page 1029 and lines 1 to 2 of page 1030 of the Transcript.  
Page: 19  
loan. She signed both the subscription form for the 10 LP Units and the  
7
0
7
1
application for the Unit Loan on December 1, 2009. The Unit Loan and the  
7
2
subscription for LP Units were both approved on December 30, 2009. Mrs. Tilatti  
understood that the interest over the term of the Unit Loan would be approximately  
$
229,000 but that she would not have to use her own money to pay that interest.  
Instead, the lender would automatically advance an amount to pay the interest on  
7
3
an annual basis. Mrs. Tilatti did not try to negotiate a lower rate of interest for the  
Unit Loan because “that’s how the program was structured” and it was a take it or  
7
4
leave it arrangement.  
[60] Mrs. Tilatti’s counsel asked her what the 2009 LP did with the money  
provided by investors and she answered:  
The investment that was provided by the investors and the units, they were –– the  
units were used as a pledge for a loan that was taken out for financing of these  
7
5
units.  
[61] Mrs. Tilatti testified that a second loan was provided to her to fund the  
donation component of the Program and that the LP Units were also used to  
7
6
support that loan.  
[62] Mrs. Tilatti described what she hoped to accomplish by participating in the  
Program:  
.
. . my husband and I were looking for an investment component to realize some  
tax savings, but at the same time were looking to be able to donate to a charity  
7
7
which EquiGenesis allowed us to do.  
[63] Mrs. Tilatti’s counsel asked her about Scenario A and Scenario B and her  
intention with respect to the length of time she would participate in the Program:  
Q. What is your understanding of what those scenarios depict?  
A. The scenario A assumes that the participants in the program will stay with the  
program until the program is dissolved at its maturity. Scenario B assumes that the  
participant does not stay till the end of maturity, that he will exit prior to the  
maturity date at some point.  
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Lines 18 to 28 of page 1027 and lines 1 to 3 of page 1028 of the Transcript.  
Lines 16 to 19 of page 1028 of the Transcript.  
Lines 1 to 11 of page 1029 of the Transcript.  
Lines 16 to 24 of page 1037, pages 1038 and 1039 and lines 1 to 2 of page 1040 of the Transcript.  
Lines 22 to 26 of page 1042 and lines 8 to 13 of page 1043 of the Transcript.  
Lines 24 to 27 of page 1009 of the Transcript.  
Lines 3 to 8 of page 1010 of the Transcript.  
Lines 14 to 17 of page 1010 of the Transcript.  
Page: 20  
Q. What is your understanding of what scenario –– at least back in 2009 when  
you decided to participate, what was your understanding of what scenario was more  
likely?  
A. Based on the discussions between my husband and I the most likely scenario  
was scenario A, that we stay with the program till its maturity.  
Q. Regardless of your understanding of the likelihood, at the day you decided to  
participate in the ‘09 program what was your intention with respect to the length of  
time you participated in the program?  
A.  
We would have been the total length as it was presented to us in terms of  
the exhibit that we’re looking at.  
Q.  
Are you aware of anyone who would be interested in purchasing the units  
from you?  
78  
I am not.  
A.  
[64] In cross-examination, Mrs. Tilatti stated that she intended to hold the  
investment for 20 years and that the capital gain contemplated by Scenario B was  
7
9
not considered as a possibility because Scenario B addressed early redemption.  
[65] Mrs. Tilatti testified that most of the investment decisions made by her and  
her husband are long-term decisions and that the 20-year time horizon of the  
8
0
Program fit into the time horizon they had set for themselves.  
[66] Mrs. Tilatti’s counsel asked her a series of questions regarding the LP Units  
and her investment in the 2009 LP:  
Q. . . . When you decided to participate in the program had anyone told you that  
the units would be resold or repurchased?  
A. That was not my understanding.  
Q. Had anyone told you that the price that you paid would be refunded to you?  
A. No.  
Q. Had anyone told you what the future price or value of the units would be?  
A. No.  
7
7
8
8
9
0
Lines 9 to 28 of page 1011 and lines 1 to 5 of page 1012 of the Transcript.  
Lines 24 to 28 of page 1072 and lines 1 to 25 of page 1073 of the Transcript.  
Lines 3 to 10 of page 1014 of the Transcript.  
Page: 21  
Q. Was it your understanding when you decided to participate in the program  
that the outcome was certain or uncertain?  
A. Since there were some investments made there was a certain element of risk  
8
1
involved in the EquiGenesis 2009 program.  
[67] Mrs. Tilatti’s counsel asked her about the Unit Loan and the TGTFC Loan  
(collectively, the “Program Loans”) and her understanding of her responsibility  
concerning those loans:  
A. We were certainly responsible for both loans. Every year in the month of  
February we had to make a payment, which was shown in the previous exhibit in  
the amount of $5,000 and, as I said, we were responsible for all the interest  
payments. It was all on us. It’s in our name.  
Q. What would happen if you failed to pay? What was your understanding of  
what would happen if you failed to make a required payment?  
A. We were on the hook. We have to pay. We were responsible and we would  
8
2
have to liquidate assets. We are the ones who are responsible for the loans.  
[68] Mrs. Tilatti’s counsel asked her about the ULAA Form and the fact that she  
did not list the loans taken out for prior EquiGenesis programs as liabilities:  
The reason why we did not include them here is because the loans that we have  
taken out for the EquiGenesis programs in the past were offset by the investment in  
the program. So the net impact was a zero as far as we were concerned and that’s  
8
3
why they’re not listed here.  
[69] Mrs. Tilatti’s counsel asked her what would happen if the Unit Loan was not  
refinanced after 10 years:  
If we could not refinance the loan then we would be on the hook to pay the loan  
8
4
back ourselves. So there was a certain element of risk to it.  
[70] In cross-examination, Mrs. Tilatti was asked to reconcile the non-disclosure  
of the loans from the earlier programs with the potential personal liability for the  
amount of the Unit Loan:  
Q. You also said that to the extent the investment didn’t pay off the way you  
hoped you would be on the hook for it?  
8
8
8
1
2
3
Lines 26 to 28 of page 1012 and lines 1 to 13 of page 1013 of the Transcript.  
Lines 19 to 28 of page 1013 and lines 1 to 2 of page 1014 of the Transcript.  
Lines 22 to 27 of page 1015 of the Transcript. See also lines 16 to 26 of page 1065 of the Transcript to the same  
effect.  
84  
Lines 5 to 7 of page 1017 of the Transcript.  
Page: 22  
A. That’s correct.  
Q. To me that doesn’t make sense. If you understood there was a chance you’d  
be on the hook for it why did you think you shouldn’t list it on this credit  
application form?  
A. This is part of EquiGenesis so they know what our, the loan and the  
investment are, that’s why. It’s not something they didn’t know. It’s not  
information that wouldn’t be known to them. They’re aware of all the items and the  
programs we participated in.  
Q. The lender wasn’t EquiGenesis; right?  
A. The way it’s structured the lender knows as well, the way the program is  
8
5
structured. This is nothing new to them, so-to-speak.  
[71] Mrs. Tilatti’s counsel asked her about the refinancing of a loan provided to  
her as part of the 2006 program offered by EquiGenesis. After consulting the  
package of documents provided to her by counsel (Exhibit A-16), she stated that  
the original loan was from Income Finance Trust and that it bore interest at 7.25  
percent per annum. In 2016, the original loan was refinanced by a loan from CB  
2
016 Income Finance Corporation, which bore interest at 6.45 percent per annum.  
[72] Mrs. Tilatti’s counsel then asked her how she planned to repay the Unit Loan  
on the maturity of the Program:  
A. There is an investment note that is offsetting this loan, so at maturity the note  
will generate hopefully enough income that will offset the loan so the net amount  
will be zero. So we will be breaking even. That’s the assumption we are investing  
under and participating in the program.  
Q. If the investment does not perform well such that it’s not a break-even how  
do you propose to repay the shortfall?  
A. We as the investor in the EquiGenesis program would be responsible for any  
shortfalls at the maturity date. We will have to pay from our own pocket, in other  
words.  
Q. At this point in time, sitting here today, are you aware of any reason why you  
wouldn’t be able to meet your obligations under the ‘09 program?  
8
6
A. I’m not aware of any at this time.  
8
8
5
6
Lines 27 to 28 of page 1065 and lines 1 to 15 of page 1066 of the Transcript.  
Lines 13 to 28 of page 1020 and line 1 of page 1021 of the Transcript.  
Page: 23  
[
73] Mrs. Tilatti stated that the above information about the refinancing of the Unit  
8
7
Loan also applied to the TGTFC Loan. In cross-examination, Mrs. Tilatti stated  
that she expected EquiGenesis to assist in the refinancing of the Program Loans.  
8
8
[74] Mrs. Tilatti’s counsel asked her about the donation component of the  
Program. Mrs. Tilatti testified that she elected to have her donation split among  
8
9
four charities after being told not to select more than four. She explained her  
reasons for picking the four charities as follows:  
The Make-A-Wish Foundation Canada is a very well-known Canadian charity that  
helps out many sick children and so that’s the one that I have selected because of  
the helping of children and it’s a national charity. So that is the reason for selecting  
that. And the other charity, the Bloorview Kid’s Foundation, that I was familiar  
with.  
My former co-worker’s daughter was born with a certain condition and she was  
looked after at the Bloorview Children’s Hospital which is not too far from where I  
work so I knew very specifically about what kind of work they did.  
And the other two charities had presence in Ontario and that’s what we were  
9
0
looking at, to help kids in Ontario.  
[
75] Mrs. Tilatti stated that, if the list of charities had related to causes that she did  
91  
not want to support, she would not have participated in the Program. In cross-  
examination, Mrs. Tilatti stated that she signed the pledge to TGTFC on December  
1
, 2009 but that it was “quite possible” that she was not aware of the list of  
92  
charities until December 20, 2009.  
[
76] Mrs. Tilatti stated that TGTFC would distribute the money it received to the  
93  
charities. When asked by her counsel why 98.04% of the amount given to  
TGTFC was described as a “separate giving of enduring property”, she stated that  
the structure required the money to stay with TGTFC through its investment in  
Leeward and that the charities get annual payments from the investment.  
8
8
8
9
9
9
9
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
Lines 23 to 26 of page 1021 of the Transcript.  
Lines 15 to 26 of page 1069 of the Transcript.  
Lines 6 to 11 of page 1022 of the Transcript.  
Lines 14 to 28 of page 1022 of the Transcript.  
Lines 1 to 4 of page 1023 and lines 3 to 16 of page 1083 of the Transcript.  
Lines 11 to 16 of page 1076, lines 5 to 16 of page 1077, lines 6 to 13 of page 1084 of the Transcript.  
Lines 11 to 15 of page 1023 of the Transcript.  
Page: 24  
[
2
77] In cross-examination, Mrs. Tilatti was asked about the donations listed in her  
94  
006 through 2008 and 2010 through 2013 income tax returns. Counsel also  
asked about the magnitude of her self-funded charitable donations:  
Q. Is that a fair statement that you have never given –– outside of taking on a  
loan to give to a charity you’ve never given $50,000 or $100,000 or anything above  
that from your own pocket to a charity; is that correct?  
9
5
A. I think so.  
[78] In cross-examination, Mrs. Tilatti testified that she applied for the TGTFC  
Loan on December 1, 2009 and that the loan was approved on  
9
6
December 30, 2009. Mrs. Tilatti understood that the interest rate on the TGTFC  
Loan was the same as on the Unit Loan  7.85%  and that her LP Units were  
9
7
posted as security for the TGTFC Loan. She also understood that the total cost of  
9
8
borrowing under the TGTFC Loan was $71,639.32. She confirmed that, as with  
the Unit Loan, the terms of the TGTFC Loan were offered on a take it or leave it  
9
9
basis.  
[79] With respect to the dates of the pledge to TGTFC and the approval of the  
TGTFC Loan, Mrs. Tilatti had the following exchange with counsel for the  
Respondent:  
Q. My question is if you made a donation to the charity on December 1st, or how  
could you have made a donation to the charity on December 1st of $102,000 if your  
loan hadn’t been approved until December 30th?  
A. I understand your question, but this program was handled through  
EquiGenesis and that’s why the documents have been addressed the way they have.  
I’m sure if it was turned down I wouldn’t have been able to make that donation and  
it would have been withdrawn.  
[80] Mrs. Tilatti testified that she made an annual payment of $5,000 and that part  
of this payment was applied to pay 3.75% annual interest on the TGTFC Loan, or  
$
3,750. The remainder of the interest on the TGTFC Loan was paid “from the  
9
9
9
9
9
9
4
5
6
7
8
9
The income tax returns are Exhibits R-23 through R-29.  
Lines 23 to 28 of page 1095 of the Transcript.  
Lines 25 to 28 of page 1043 and lines 1 to 16 of page 1044 of the Transcript.  
Lines 17 to 25 of page 1044 of the Transcript.  
Lines 26 to 28 of page 1044 and lines 1 to 13 of page 1045 of the Transcript.  
Lines 23 to 26 of page 1045 of the Transcript.  
Page: 25  
1
00  
investment”. She stated that she had never defaulted on the payments she was  
required to make.  
[81] In cross-examination, Mrs. Tilatti agreed that EquiGenesis filed notices of  
objection on her behalf for her 2009 and 2010 taxation years. She understood that  
1
01  
the payment for this service was covered by the annual fees paid to EquiGenesis.  
Mrs. Tilatti also stated that EquiGenesis had recently asked her to contribute to the  
1
02  
cost of legal fees.  
3) Howard Platnick  
82] Dr. Platnick is a medical doctor. He purchased 65 LP Units in the Program on  
(
[
1
03  
the recommendation of his accountant. The number of LP Units was picked by  
his accountant and was based on advice from EquiGenesis.  
understood the number of LP Units to have been based on his projected income for  
1
04  
Dr. Platnick  
1
05  
2
010.  
[83] Dr. Platnick subscribed for the 65 LP Units on July 30, 2009. The  
subscription price of the 65 LP Units was $2,349,100. Dr. Platnick understood that  
to purchase the LP Units he had to apply for a loan, which he did on July 30, 2009,  
the amount of the loan being $2,080,000. The subscription for the LP Units was  
approved by EquiGenesis on August 12, 2009 and the Unit Loan was approved by  
1
06  
FT on the same date.  
[84] Dr. Platnick testified that he met with and received materials from a  
representative of EquiGenesis and forwarded those materials to his accountant. He  
made sure that his accountant talked directly to the representative and that his  
accountant and the representative conversed back and forth. He also forwarded the  
materials to a relative who is tax lawyer and talked with him to “see what he  
thought about it”. However, he did not read all the documents himself before  
1
07  
signing.  
[85] Dr. Platnick explained why he decided to participate in the Program as  
follows:  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
00  
01  
02  
03  
04  
05  
06  
07  
Lines 1 to 3 of page 1025 of the Transcript.  
Lines 6 to 27 of page 1103 of the Transcript.  
Lines 24 to 27 of page 1106 and lines 7 to 11 of page 1107 of the Transcript.  
Lines 13 to 18 of page 1123 of the Transcript.  
Lines 27 to 28 of page 1150 and lines 1 to 3 of page 1151 of the Transcript.  
Lines 21 to 28 of page 1146 and line 1 of page 1147 of the Transcript.  
Line 28 of page 1144, page 1145, lines 1 to 17 of page 1146 and lines 16 to 21 of page 1151 of the Transcript.  
Lines 23 to 28 of page 1119 and lines 1 to 16 of page 1120 of the Transcript.  
Page: 26  
I participated in the program for several factors; one, I had previous experience that  
was excellent with EquiGenesis. I was happy with their service and product. I had  
the past experience I just talked about. I won’t go into it again. I had high income  
those years. I liked the design of the program. I liked the fact that there was a  
charity component where I could give back money directly to some charities that I  
was comfortable with. And again, putting it together I didn’t –– I saw this as an  
opportunity but I sat down with my accountant and I let him make the ultimate  
1
08  
decision. I was going by his recommendations.  
[86] Dr. Platnick understood that there were two components to the Program  the  
investment component and the donation component  and that the donation  
component was optional. He also understood that each component was funded by a  
loan and that the two loans would mature about halfway through the term of the  
1
09  
Program and would have to be refinanced or be paid off. He stated that if the  
loans were not refinanced he would be responsible for them and would have to pay  
1
10  
them off.  
[87] In cross-examination, he acknowledged that the interest on his Unit Loan  
would be approximately $1.5 million over the term of that loan but he stated that  
the investments over the period of time would hopefully perform well enough to  
1
11  
cover the interest payments”. With respect to his knowledge at the time he  
applied for the loan, he had the following interchange with counsel for the  
Respondent:  
Q. When you say “now –– at the time, you didn’t know that?  
A. I didn’t know all the exact workings of all the loans and everything. I had a  
general understanding. I assumed there was some type of security, yes.  
Q. If I said you had to put your unit loan that you were purchasing up as  
security, is that your understanding?  
A. Yes, the units.  
Q. Is it fair to say you didn’t have any knowledge of the lender in this case,  
Finance Trust?  
A. Correct.  
Q. Prior to signing on to this loan, you didn’t do any independent research of this  
lender?  
1
1
1
1
08  
09  
10  
11  
Lines 23 to 28 of page 1122 and lines 1 to 6 of page 1123 of the Transcript.  
Lines 4 to 19 of page 1127 of the Transcript.  
Lines 20 to 28 of page 1127 and lines 1 to 9 of page 1128 of the Transcript.  
Line 28 of page 1151 and lines 1 to 13 of page 1152 of the Transcript.  
Page: 27  
1
12  
A. No.  
[88] In addition to his $2,080,000 Unit Loan, on July 30, 2009 Dr. Platnick applied  
to FT for a TGTFC Loan of $10,000 per LP Unit or $650,000. The application was  
1
13  
accepted by FT on August 12, 2009. The interest that would be payable over the  
1
14  
term of the TGTFC Loan was $467,752.47.  
[89] In cross-examination, Dr. Platnick testified that he did not try to negotiate  
with FT the terms and conditions of the two loans, that the interest rate on the Unit  
Loan was higher than on his personal lines of credit but did not stand out as  
unusual, that he probably could not have financed the amount of either loan with  
his own funds and that he did not seek either loan from a bank. He acknowledged  
1
15  
that he simply accepted the deal as presented by EquiGenesis.  
[90] At the time he applied for the Unit Loan and the TGTFC Loan, Dr. Platnick  
had obligations in respect of the 2004, 2005 and 2006 EquiGenesis programs  
1
16  
totalling $2,895,489.55.  
[91] Dr. Platnick’s counsel asked him why he did not disclose loans from earlier  
programs in his credit application for the Program:  
The way I understood it with the earlier programs is there were loans in an amount  
let’s say a hundred thousand that was invested for a similar amount and it would  
grow over time, so I viewed it as I wasn’t including the hundred thousand invested  
in my net worth. I wasn’t including the loan in the net worth. I looked at it look a  
1
17  
wash.  
[92] In cross-examination, Dr. Platnick further explained why he did not disclose  
these amounts on his loan application:  
Q. You didn’t view it as you would a personal loan?  
A. I viewed it as a personal loan, but I didn’t –– because there was the  
corresponding investment that I knew –– I was hoping would grow over time, it  
would cover it off. I didn’t include the investment part in my net worth statement. I  
didn’t include the debt showing on the liability side because they would cancel each  
other out.  
1
1
1
1
1
1
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
Lines 4 to 19 of page 1153 of the Transcript.  
Lines 9 to 28 of page 1155 and lines 1 to 6 of page 1156 of the Transcript.  
Lines 19 to 28 of page 1157 and lines 1 to 2 of page 1158 of the Transcript.  
Lines 4 to 28 of page 1154, lines 1 to 4 of page 1155 and lines 7 to 26 of page 1158 of the Transcript.  
Exhibit R-32.  
Lines 16 to 22 of page 1126 of the Transcript.  
Page: 28  
Q. Let me just stop you there and ask you what you mean by you didn’t include  
the investment component in your net worth. What does that mean?  
A. I would view it that if you borrowed the money and I took that money –– the  
units I had had value at least equal to the loan. That is what I am saying. With the  
loan, I purchased the units which have equal value to the loan. When this –– years  
later when this thing would wrap up and finish there would be enough in the  
investment side to cover off the loan.  
Q. You viewed your investment being valued as –– it was just over 2 million.  
That is what you borrowed for the units?  
1
18  
A. Yes.  
[
93] Dr. Platnick stated that he was not personally aware of any credit check  
119  
performed by FT either at the time he applied for the loans or after that time.  
[94] Dr. Platnick’s counsel asked him what the 2009 LP did with the funds he  
invested:  
A. I don’t know the exact amounts, I think the funds, some are used for fees for  
the program but I think the bulk of it, the majority of it, was used for a donation to  
charity and some of it might have been invested. I don’t know the exact numbers.  
Q. What do you know about the investment?  
A. My understanding is the investment was put in a mutual fund called Man and  
1
20  
that that was the main investment vehicle.  
Dr. Platnick testified that he researched Man on the Internet to determine its long-  
1
21  
term investment returns and concluded that they were “very good, excellent”.  
[95] Dr. Platnick’s counsel asked him about the refinancing of the Unit Loan:  
Q. At the time when you entered into the program what did EquiGenesis tell you  
about the refinancing process?  
A. At the very beginning?  
Q. Yes?  
A. I don’t remember specifically that we had a long conversation on that, but  
what I did know from the early programs is that, well –– well, let me re-phrase. I  
1
1
1
1
18  
Lines 3 to 25 of page 1171 of the Transcript.  
Lines 22 to 28 of page 1172 and lines 1 to 16 of page 1173 of the Transcript.  
Lines 16 to 26 of page 1124 of the Transcript.  
19  
20  
21  
Lines 1 to 13 of page 1125 of the Transcript.  
Page: 29  
understood there would be refinancing at some point and EquiGenesis would assist  
with it. It wouldn’t be my responsibility to start going out to banks or looking for a  
1
22  
new mortgage or loan myself.  
[
96] The foregoing also represented his understanding of the refinancing of the  
123  
TGTFC Loan.  
[97] Dr. Platnick’s counsel asked him what his understanding was of the donation  
component of the Program:  
The donation component, what I understood is similar, there’s also a donation loan  
and the charity doesn’t necessarily get the funds immediately, their funds are  
invested and every year they’re getting a percentage similar to like an endowment  
1
24  
fund.  
[98] Dr. Platnick explained why he participated in the donation aspect of the  
Program:  
Q. Let’s turn to the donation program. You told us earlier that the donation  
program was optional; did you participate in that aspect of the program?  
A. Yes.  
Q. Why?  
A. I –– that was one of the things that attracted me to this product was that there  
was a large donation to a charity. So although there was an investment and some  
tax minimization, but there was also a large amount of the, money actually getting  
through to charities and that was important to me in choosing this program.  
Q. Before participating in the EquiGenesis programs had you made donations to  
charity?  
A. I donate to charity every year.  
Q. Is there any difference between the charities you –– sorry, the donations you  
made outside of the EquiGenesis program and the donations you made within?  
A. I would say no difference except the amount was larger through the  
EquiGenesis program.  
Q. Why was it larger?  
1
1
1
22  
23  
24  
Lines 10 to 21 of page 1128 of the Transcript.  
Lines 16 to 20 of page 1129 of the Transcript.  
Lines 2 to 6 of page 1118 of the Transcript.  
Page: 30  
1
25  
A. Because of the structure of the program and the loans.  
[99] In cross-examination, counsel suggested to Dr. Platnick that the cash flow  
associated with participation in the Program was his main motivation for  
participating in the Program. He responded as follows:  
I disagree with that. I did this program knowing there was a large charitable  
donation. Although I didn’t necessarily have the name The Giving Tree or the  
specific charities at the time, I had worked with EquiGenesis on the other programs.  
They had come through with reputable charities I was comfortable with. I knew in  
my conversations with Cori Simms there were going to be reputable charities I  
could donate to. That was an important component of the program to me. I would  
say it is not true or accurate that it was mainly the tax savings or deferrals that drew  
1
26  
me to this program.  
[100] Dr. Platnick’s counsel asked him what he knew about TGTFC on  
July 30, 2009 when he signed the donation loan application:  
Q. If you turn to page 90, this is the last page of the donation loan application  
and assignment form before the exhibits, can you tell us around what date you  
signed this document?  
A. July 30, 2009.  
Q. At that time did you know the name The Giving Tree?  
A. I didn’t specifically know the name The Giving Tree at that time.  
Q. What did you know at that time?  
A. I knew that I had done other programs with EquiGenesis prior, very similar in  
structure and they brought me an excellent roster of charities to collect [sic] from,  
so having that knowledge gave me comfort that they would come through with a  
similar situation of excellent charities to choose from and I was told that they were  
working on it and they were going to have the list soon.  
Q. How was that information communicated to you?  
A. That was communicated directly by Miss Sims [sic].  
Q. By e-mail? In a letter? In a meeting?  
1
1
25  
26  
Lines 22 to 28 of page 1128 and lines 1 to 15 of page 1129 of the Transcript.  
Lines 12 to 23 of page 1224 of the Transcript.  
Page: 31  
A. I’m not sure. I mean, I think it was maybe more than once it was  
communicated. Might have been face-to-face. May have been a phone call as  
well.  
Q. When did you learn the name The Giving Tree?  
1
27  
A. I think that was later in the fall, possibly December, early December.  
[101] Dr. Platnick testified that he received the list of charities at a later date, that  
he thought that it was an excellent list of charities and that he would not have  
participated if the list had contained charities that he did not think should be  
1
28  
supported. He testified that the charities would receive funds from the Program  
1
29  
over the 19-year term of the Program.  
[102] In cross-examination, Dr. Platnick confirmed that at the time he signed the  
pledge to TGTFC, on July 30, 2009, he was not aware of the name of the  
1
30  
foundation and he was not aware of the list of charities. Dr. Platnick signed the  
1
31  
direction to TGTFC, in which he selected charities, on December 14, 2009. He  
could not recall when he learned of the name of TGTFC but he believed it was in  
late November or early December 2009. He stated that he received the list of  
charities after the December 1, 2009 date inserted in the pledge to TGTFC that he  
1
32  
had signed on July 30, 2009.  
[103] Also in cross-examination, Dr. Platnick confirmed that his charitable  
donations for 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008, 2010 and 2011 were as set out in Exhibits  
R-34, R-35, R-36, R-37, R-38 and R-40.  
[104] Dr. Platnick described his understanding of Scenario A and Scenario B:  
I understood that when the program finished or wrapped up 19 years later that  
there’s two possible outcomes labelled scenario A and scenario B. Scenario A  
would be an outcome where the investment, some of the investment increase would  
be taxable as an income. So I would be scenario A paying a higher amount of tax  
compared to scenario B where there might be a buyer or somebody that purchases  
the units prior to the end of the program which would generate a capital gains  
1
33  
which would be taxed at a different rate.  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
27  
Lines 21 to 28 of page 1129 and lines 1 to 21 of page 1130 of the Transcript.  
Lines 1 to 13 of page 1131 of the Transcript.  
Lines 14 to 17 of page 1131 of the Transcript.  
Lines 12 to 26 of page 1194 of the Transcript.  
Lines 27 to 28 of page 1195 and line 1 of page 1196 of the Transcript.  
Lines 3 to 18 of page 1200 of the Transcript.  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
33  
Lines 19 to 28 of page 1118 of the Transcript.  
Page: 32  
[105] Dr. Platnick testified that when he entered into the Program he understood  
that Scenario A would be more likely even though Scenario B was better from a  
1
34  
financial and tax perspective. He “understood that there might not be a buyer for  
1
35  
the units at the end, that was –– that was an unknown, a bit of a risk”. In cross-  
1
36  
examination, Dr. Platnick agreed that he was hoping for Scenario B.  
[106] With respect to risks associated with his participation in the Program,  
Dr. Platnick had the following exchange with his counsel:  
Q
. . . did anyone ever tell you that the units you were purchasing would be  
resold or repurchased?  
A. No.  
Q. Did anyone ever tell you the price you paid would be refunded to you?  
A. No.  
Q. Did anyone ever tell you what the future price or value of the units would be?  
A. No.  
Q. When you decided to participate in this program was it your understanding  
that the outcome was certain or uncertain?  
1
37  
A. Uncertain in the final scenarios, yes.  
[
107] Counsel asked Dr. Platnick about the refinancing of the 2004 and 2005  
138  
EquiGenesis programs in which he participated.  
[108] Dr. Platnick confirmed that he owed $853,889.63 at the time of the  
refinancing of the 2004 program and suggested that, while it was a large number,  
he could have refinanced this amount on his own but that it would have taken  
1
39  
time. In fact, he was given options by EquiGenesis and he elected to have the  
1
40  
debt refinanced by a new lender with the assistance of EquiGenesis. The new  
financing was in place by September 24, 2014. The interest rate on the new debt  
was 1.25% higher than on the debt it replaced (7.25% versus 6%).  
1
1
1
1
1
34  
35  
36  
37  
38  
Lines 1 to 10 of page 1119 of the Transcript.  
Lines 13 to 15 of page 1119 of the Transcript.  
Lines 17 to 19 of page 1182 of the Transcript.  
Line 28 of page 1123 and lines 1 to 12 of page 1124 of the Transcript.  
The packages of documents addressing the refinancing of Dr. Platnick’s debt in those programs are found in  
Exhibit A-19 and Exhibit A-20.  
1
1
39  
40  
Line 28 of page 1132 and lines 1 to 9 of page 1133 of the Transcript.  
Lines 16 to 20 of page 1133 of the Transcript.  
Page: 33  
[109] Dr. Platnick selected the same option to refinance his debt under the 2005  
program. The interest rate on the new debt was 0.13% lower than on the debt it  
1
41  
replaced (6.62% versus 6.75%).  
[110] Dr. Platnick testified that he made annual payments under the Program and  
that the majority of each payment was used to pay some of the interest on the  
TGTFC Loan, with the balance being used to pay fees. He stated that he had not  
1
42  
defaulted on these annual payments.  
[
111] In cross-examination, Dr. Platnick testified that he authorized EquiGenesis  
1
43  
to file two notices of objection on his behalf. He agreed that he left the filing of  
the notices of objection to EquiGenesis. He also stated that in 2015 he had sent a  
cheque to EquiGenesis for legal representation in response to a letter but he could  
1
44  
1
45  
not recall the amount or any other details.  
4) Steven Chu  
112] Dr. Chu is a dentist who purchased 10 LP Units. Dr. Chu appeared to have a  
(
[
very limited understanding of the Program, which he summarized as follows:  
To me, it was just a program that would return over that period of time and your  
primary deduction would be at the beginning and then there are residuals at the end,  
1
46  
subsequent to that. Aside from that, I don’t really understand the program.  
[113] With respect to the donation component of the Program, Dr. Chu testified:  
If the charity were to receive money and I would receive a tax receipt where both  
parties benefited, I thought it would be a good thing to do. A lot of the dentists  
nowadays, they set up –– what do you call it –– professional corporations which, if  
I was probably not involved with donating to the charities, I would probably do  
that.  
Because I was already a part of this, I never set up a corporation. I think about  
three-quarters or two-thirds do that nowadays. I just like the idea that charity got  
the money just like I liked the idea that the film industry got their money to do ––  
it is something like –– if both parties benefited, I just liked the idea. I have done the  
1
47  
deals with EquiGenesis before. I was comfortable with them.  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
41  
Lines 4 to 28 of page 1136 and lines 1 to 16 of page 1137 of the Transcript.  
Lines 19 to 28 of page 1138 and lines 1 to 9 of page 1139.  
Lines 19 to 28 of page 1214 and lines 1 to 14 of page 1215 of the Transcript.  
Lines 26 to 28 of page 1215 and line 1 of page 1216 of the Transcript.  
Lines 2 to 28 of page 1216 and lines 1 to 12 of page 1217 of the Transcript.  
Lines 2 to 6 of page 1230 of the Transcript.  
42  
43  
44  
45  
46  
47  
Line 28 of page 1230 and lines 1 to 14 of page 1231 of the Transcript.  
Page: 34  
[114] Dr. Chu testified that he knew nothing about Scenario A or Scenario B. With  
respect to the risk, he testified:  
You have to sign for a loan for a period of time and your worst case scenario is ––  
they would use the money to invest which in the end would pay off the loan and if  
1
48  
there was a short fall [sic] you would be responsible for the shortfall.  
[115] Dr. Chu suggested that if there was a shortfall he would address it by  
working or by selling one of his properties. He also understood that, if he refused  
1
49  
to pay, “someone would come and collect it”.  
[116] Dr. Chu testified that he received a package of documents and signed where  
indicated by tabs. He did not review the documents or understand their contents.  
He explained his approach as follows:  
Q. Do you often sign documents without reading them or understanding them?  
A. With this program, yes, because either you are part of it or you are not part of  
it. I think it would be equivalent to, for example, if you buy a house or condo and  
they give you a stack of 12 or 15 pages to sign. If you trust your lawyer, you just  
sign them. The same thing with this program, it was the same as before. I would  
1
50  
just sign them.  
[117] Dr. Chu testified that no one told him that his 10 LP Units would be resold  
or repurchased, that the purchase price of the LP Units would be refunded to him  
1
51  
or that the LP Units would have a certain value in the future.  
[118] At the time he signed the documents to participate in the Program, Dr. Chu  
understood that there was at least one loan and that the loan bore interest, which he  
1
52  
described as being part of the Program. He also understood that the loan was for  
the entire term of the Program but that at some point it would have to be renewed  
1
53  
or refinanced.  
[
119] Dr. Chu recalled picking two charities but he did not recall his reasoning for  
1
54  
his choices. He did not know when the charities he picked were to receive  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
48  
49  
50  
51  
52  
53  
54  
Lines 9 to 13 of page 1232 of the Transcript.  
Lines 14 to 26 of page 1232 and lines 17 to 25 of page 1235 of the Transcript.  
Lines 17 to 25 of page 1234 of the Transcript.  
Lines 1 to 10 of page 1235 of the Transcript.  
Lines 11 to 23 of page 1237 of the Transcript.  
Lines 12 to 16 of page 1239 and lines 16 to 19 of page 1241 of the Transcript.  
Lines 19 to 25 of page 1242 of the Transcript.  
Page: 35  
money from his donation. He did understand that he would not receive anything  
1
55  
1
56  
back from the charities but that he would be given a tax receipt for $102,000.  
[
120] Dr. Chu did not understand the reporting he received from EquiGenesis and  
1
57  
he simply passed everything on to his accountant. Dr. Chu confirmed that he  
made annual payments as requested by EquiGenesis but he did not know what the  
1
58  
payments were for.  
5) Katherine Lee Sang  
121] Dr. Sang is a medical doctor who purchased 10 LP Units in the Program  
(
[
1
59  
because that was the minimum purchase allowed. Dr. Sang understood that she  
was giving money to charity and would be receiving a tax receipt. She described  
the tax receipt as a major reason for participating in the Program and indicated that  
1
60  
she used the tax savings to help fund a trip to Africa.  
[122] In cross-examination, she agreed that she had an understanding of the tax  
savings as a whole and of those from the donation when she signed the documents  
1
61  
and that she was looking for this benefit when she signed up for the Program.  
Dr. Sang had the following exchange with counsel for the Respondent:  
Q. If I put this proposition that while you might have liked the idea of helping a  
charity or two, the reason that you agreed to participate in this program was  
because of the tax savings it provided?  
A. Definitely, but it also helped the charity, which is an added bonus.  
Q. And that Corey Sims [Cori Simms] had told you about ‘05 and the ‘06  
program passing audit so you thought this would be a good idea as well?  
A. Correct.  
Q. In our review of your donated history you hadn’t really seemed to donate  
more than $75 outside of the EquiGenesis programs, and I put the proposition to  
you that you would not have paid 102,000 to a charity if it came from your own  
savings?  
A. No.  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
55  
56  
57  
58  
59  
60  
61  
Lines 3 to 6 of page 1243 of the Transcript.  
Lines 17 to 21 of page 1243 of the Transcript.  
Lines 22 to 28 of page 1243 and lines 1 to 20 of page 1244 of the Transcript.  
Lines 21 to 28 of page 1244 and lines 1 to 7 of page 1245 of the Transcript.  
Lines 15 to 20 of page 1271 of the Transcript.  
Lines 12 to 28 of page 1253 and lines 1 to 3 of page 1254 of the Transcript.  
Lines 10 to 23 of page 1296 and lines 16 to 18 of page 1297 of the Transcript.  
Page: 36  
Q. You never would have taken on a personal loan to make such a payment to a  
charity?  
1
62  
A. No.  
[
123] Dr. Sang testified that she often gave small amounts to charity and that the  
163  
Program allowed her to make a large donation because of the TGTFC Loan. In  
cross-examination, Dr. Sang agreed that, if one ignores the donations under the  
Program and the 2011 EquiGenesis program, she had donated to charity $20 in  
2
004 and 2005, nothing in 2006 and 2007, $50 in 2008, $20 in 2009, $60 in 2010,  
164  
nothing in 2011, 2012 and 2013 and $75 in 2014.  
[124] When asked by her counsel how the donation played into her decision to  
participate in the Program, she replied:  
Very much. Because I’ve never given that much to charity and that would be a  
1
65  
good thing. So I thought it was a win/win situation.  
[125] She understood that TGTFC would receive the donation as soon as she  
received the TGTFC Loan and that TGTFC would disburse the funds to the  
charities she picked as soon as it was able to do so. She understood that no part of  
1
66  
her donation would be returned to her.  
[126] In cross-examination, Dr. Sang testified that she accepted the donation  
amount of $102,000 because that was what the Program required for a purchase of  
0 LP Units. Dr. Sang did not know anything about the mandate of TGTFC, did  
not do due diligence regarding TGTFC on the Internet and did not even know  
1
1
67  
TGTFC was a charity.  
[
127] Dr. Sang also acknowledged that she did not know which charities the funds  
1
68  
would go to when she signed a direction on September 21, 2009. She did recall  
completing the direction to TGTFC stipulating her choice of charities on December  
2
1
69  
8, 2009 and agreed that she did not know the charities until that date. She  
understood that the $102,000 she donated to TGTFC would be distributed to the  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
62  
63  
64  
65  
66  
67  
68  
69  
Lines 19 to 28 of page 1297 and lines 1 to 9 of page 1298 of the Transcript.  
Lines 24 to 28 of page 1259 and lines 1 to 5 of page 1260 of the Transcript.  
Lines 14 to 28 of page 1292 and lines 1 to 10 of page 1293 of the Transcript.  
Lines 4 to 8 of page 1254 of the Transcript.  
Lines 25 to 28 of page 1260 and lines 1 to 6 of page 1261 of the Transcript.  
Lines 1 to 9 of page 1288 of the Transcript.  
Lines 23 to 28 of page 1289 and lines 1 to 12 of page 1290 of the Transcript.  
Lines 13 to 28 of page 1290 and lines 1 to 3 of page 1291 of the Transcript.  
Page: 37  
charities in the proportions she chose and she had no knowledge of the TGTFC  
1
70  
Notes.  
[128] Dr. Sang assumed that, when her Unit Loan of $320,000 matured,  
EquiGenesis would find another lender, but recognized that that was not  
1
71  
guaranteed. With respect to the repayment of the Unit Loan and the TGTFC  
Loan, she had the following exchange with her counsel:  
Q. How do you plan to pay them back?  
A. Well, I’m hoping their investments will pay back like in Sentinel Hill, but if  
not then they will come out of my personal finances.  
Q. What would happen if you simply chose not to pay?  
A. I think I have to pay.  
Q. Why do you think that?  
A. Because it’s a loan and I did a promissory note that’s legally binding.  
Q. If you failed to comply with your obligations under that note, what happen  
[
sic]? Why do you have to pay?  
1
72  
A. Maybe I go to jail, I don’t know. But I would pay it any ways.  
[129] Dr. Sang testified that no one told her that her 10 LP Units would be resold  
or repurchased, that the purchase price of the LP Units would be refunded to her or  
1
73  
that the LP Units would have a certain value in the future. She understood that  
the outcome was uncertain “[b]ecause of fluctuations in investments and nobody  
1
74  
knows the future”. She stated that she made annual payments to the Program and  
that she had not defaulted on any payment. When asked what the payments were  
1
75  
for, she stated that she was not quite sure.  
[130] In cross-examination, Dr. Sang testified that she was not concerned about  
the lender or the interest rate on the loans because the rate was part of the Program  
and she trusted EquiGenesis. She agreed that she did not make any attempt to vet  
the lender, negotiate different terms or look for financing elsewhere. She did not  
1
1
1
1
1
1
70  
71  
72  
73  
74  
75  
Lines 10 to 28 of page 1291 and lines 1 to 5 of page 1292 of the Transcript.  
Lines 5 to 10 of page 1263 of the Transcript.  
Lines 22 to 28 of page 1263 and lines 1 to 8 of page 1264 of the Transcript.  
Lines 12 to 21 of page 1264 of the Transcript.  
Lines 22 to 27 of page 1264 of the Transcript.  
Line 28 of page 1264 and lines 1 to 7 of page 1265 of the Transcript.  
Page: 38  
understand the loan applications and did not understand how the interest on the  
1
76  
loans would be paid.  
[131] Dr. Sang’s counsel asked her about Scenario A and Scenario B:  
Q. Now, if you look at the far right-hand side of the document there is a scenario  
A and a scenario B; do you see that?  
A. Yes.  
Q. What do those scenarios refer to?  
A. I don’t really know much about it, but I guess what happens at the end of the  
1
77  
program, a couple different scenarios. Doesn’t mean much to me. Sorry.  
[132] In applying for the two loans, Dr. Sang did not disclose her liability in  
respect of her participation in Sentinel Hill because she was not aware of the  
1
78  
details of that liability. Dr. Sang was also not aware of any credit check or  
verification performed by FT nor was she asked to provide additional information  
1
79  
or updates to FT.  
[133] Dr. Sang testified that EquiGenesis prepared her notice of objection on her  
instructions, that EquiGenesis was paying for legal representation but that in  
February 2016 she had contributed $50 per LP Unit ($500 in total) toward the cost  
1
80  
of such representation. Dr. Sang could not recall if she had provided input on the  
content of her notice of objection but she agreed that she did not provide any  
1
81  
specifics.  
6) Lynn Cassan  
134] Ms. Cassan is a lawyer and a patent and trademark agent who purchased 10  
(
[
LP Units in the Program. She testified that she could have purchased more but did  
1
82  
not want to take on the associated liability.  
[135] Ms. Cassan testified that she did not understand the Program very well at all  
at the time she decided to participate but that now she understands it reasonably  
1
83  
well.  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
76  
77  
78  
79  
80  
81  
82  
See pages 1272 to 1279 of the Transcript.  
Lines 9 to 16 of page 1254 of the Transcript.  
Lines 21 to 28 of page 1282 and lines 1 to 4 of page 1283 of the Transcript.  
Lines 5 to 19 of page 1283 of the Transcript.  
Lines 5 to 14 and 25 to 28 of page 1294 and lines 1 to 20 of page 1295 of the Transcript.  
Lines 15 to 24 of page 1294 of the Transcript.  
Lines 27 to 28 of page 1308 and lines 1 to 7 of page 1309 of the Transcript.  
Page: 39  
[136] Ms. Cassan understood the main risk with the Program to be the investment  
risk because of the leveraged nature of the structure. In deciding to participate, she  
1
84  
drew comfort from the report prepared by FTI dated December 15, 2009. She  
testified that she checked out Man Investments and “they seemed like a very  
1
85  
reasonable investment provider based in the U.K.”  
[137] In cross-examination, Ms. Cassan had the following exchange with counsel  
for the Respondent regarding the relative importance of the investment and the  
donation aspects of the Program:  
Q. I want to put to you something and I want your comment on the proposition  
I’m about to put to you. Wasn’t the charity component of this program –– prior to  
deciding to participate, wasn’t the charity component for you –– and pardon the  
expression –– a no-brainer in the sense that your real concerns were whether the tax  
deductions that EquiGenesis was advertising, your concern was whether those  
would work for your personal situation and really the charity component of the  
program, there wasn’t a real decision to make on that front, it was if I do the  
investment of course I’m going to do the charity?  
A. That’s what attracted me to the whole program. I wouldn’t have ever  
considered the investment were it not for the charities.  
Q. I put it to you it wasn’t so much about deciding to participate in the donation  
program; it was more about –– your decision was more about whether I’m going to  
invest in EquiGenesis or not?  
A. To me it looked like a wonderful thing for the charities, a worthwhile thing,  
and whether or not I wanted to incur that liability and investment risk was the real  
1
86  
question.  
[138] Ms. Cassan testified that she was responsible for paying the Unit Loan and  
the TGTFC Loan and that the loans would have to be refinanced before the end of  
ten years but that no arrangements were in place and EquiGenesis had not  
1
87  
indicated to her that it would play a role in the refinancing. She imagined that all  
the Participants would get together to find a new lender but if that did not happen  
1
88  
she believed she could obtain the necessary financing from a bank. She testified  
that she could not imagine a scenario in which she would not be able to refinance  
but if such a scenario arose she had the option of redeeming the LP Units or  
1
1
1
1
1
83  
84  
85  
86  
87  
Lines 21 to 25 of page 1300 of the Transcript.  
Lines 2 to 28 of page 1301 and lines 1 to 3 of page 1302 of the Transcript.  
Lines 10 to 16 of page 1302 of the Transcript.  
Lines 27 to 28 of page 1358 and lines 1 to 20 of page 1359 of the Transcript.  
Lines 27 to 28 of page 1309, lines 1 to 2 of page 1310, lines 25 to 28 of page 1311 and lines 3 to 8 of page 1313  
of the Transcript.  
188  
Lines 1 to 17 of page 1312 of the Transcript.  
Page: 40  
1
89  
finding a buyer for them. In cross-examination, Ms. Cassan testified that it  
would make sense for EquiGenesis or Mr. Gordon to help facilitate the refinancing  
1
90  
of the loans.  
[139] In cross-examination, Ms. Cassan testified that she signed the documents  
required to participate in the Program on December 18, 2009 and that she applied  
1
91  
for a Unit Loan on that date. She understood that the Unit Loan bore interest at  
7
.85%, that the interest on the loan was paid by additional advances and that she  
192  
would owe approximately $550,000 at the end of the term of the loan.  
Ms. Cassan testified that she did not do research on FT, that she would not have  
paid her bank 7.85% interest at the time, that the interest rate was dictated by the  
structure and that she did not try to negotiate a different interest rate or seek  
1
93  
financing elsewhere. Ms. Cassan gave similar responses with respect to the  
1
94  
TGTFC Loan. Ms. Cassan also testified that she was not aware of any credit  
checks being done on her by FT and that FT had not asked her for updates on her  
1
95  
financial status on an annual basis.  
[140] Ms. Cassan testified that she really liked the charitable structure:  
Q. What did you like about it?  
A. I liked that it was for a long time, you know, rather than give a charity a  
bunch of money and having them blow it or whatever it was like an annuity. So it  
was safe. It was an ongoing, stable income for the charities so it seemed to me to be  
1
96  
ideal.  
[141] In cross-examination, Ms. Cassan testified that, apart from giving to  
TGTFC, she had donated to just over ten charities during 2009 including one  
1
97  
donation of $1,500. She also confirmed in general terms the donations she had  
made from 2004 through 2008 and from 2010 through 2012, which ranged from  
1
98  
$
100 to $1,555 per year. She made no donations in 2013 and 2014.  
[142] Ms. Cassan stated that she understood that she could not donate to TGTFC if  
she did not purchase LP Units and that her donation to TGTFC was fixed by the  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
89  
90  
91  
92  
93  
94  
95  
96  
97  
98  
Lines 23 to 28 of page 1312 and lines 1 to 2 of page 1313 of the Transcript.  
Lines 13 to 26 of page 1330 of the Transcript.  
Lines 7 to 10 of page 1317 and lines 9 to 11 of page 1318 of the Transcript.  
Lines 3 to 6 and lines 17 to 25 of page 1319 and lines 1 to 6 of page 1320 of the Transcript.  
Lines 25 to 28 of page 1320, page 1321 and lines 1 to 18 of page 1322 of the Transcript.  
Lines 2 to 10 of page 1324 of the Transcript.  
Lines 21 to 28 of page 1329 of the Transcript.  
Lines 17 to 22 of page 1304 of the Transcript.  
Lines 9 to 28 of page 1334 and lines 1 to 26 page 1335 of the Transcript.  
Lines 17 to 28 of page 1348, pages 1349 and 1350 and lines 1 to 24 of page 1351 of the Transcript.  
Page: 41  
1
99  
number of LP Units she purchased. Ms. Cassan signed the direction to TGTFC  
on December 21, 2009; she could not recall if on December 18, 2009 she knew the  
2
00  
identity of the charities that TGTFC would send money to.  
[143] Ms. Cassan recognized that she could obtain certain of the tax benefits of the  
Program without participating in the donation component:  
Q. So could you have obtained the items on row 2, the total tax deductions,  
without participating in the charitable donation program?  
A. I could have, but it was really the charitable program that attracted me to the  
program, the whole program. I wouldn’t have done it but for the charitable  
2
01  
aspect.  
[144] Ms. Cassan testified that staying in until the end of the 20-year term of the  
Program, that is, Scenario A, was the more likely scenario because that was how  
the program was designed and there was no market in which she could sell the LP  
2
02  
Units. She hoped to repay the loans at that time from the investment component  
2
03  
of the structure but stated that she would be responsible for any shortfall.  
[145] In cross-examination, Ms. Cassan acknowledged that EquiGenesis had  
provided her a term sheet showing a 15-year scenario but she denied that it was her  
2
04  
expectation that she would be in the Program for less than 20 years. She stated  
that, if she did decide to sell her LP Units before the end of 20 years, Mr. Gordon  
would be the first person she would call because he is familiar with the Program  
2
05  
and he has contacts.  
[146] Ms. Cassan testified that no one told her that her 10 LP Units would be  
purchased from her, that the purchase price of the LP Units would be refunded to  
2
06  
her or that the LP Units would have a certain value in the future.  
[
147] Ms. Cassan testified that she made annual payments in respect of the  
207  
Program by cheque and that she had never defaulted on a payment.  
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
99  
00  
01  
02  
03  
04  
05  
06  
07  
Lines 3 to 22 of page 1336 of the Transcript.  
Lines 26 to 28 of page 1337, page 1338 and lines 1 to 2 of page 1339 of the Transcript.  
Lines 2 to 8 of page 1306 of the Transcript.  
Lines 6 to 22 of page 1307 of the Transcript.  
Lines 13 to 23 of page 1313 of the Transcript.  
Lines 10 to 28 of page 1332 and lines 1 to 3 of page 1333 of the Transcript.  
Lines 4 to 19 of page 1333 of the Transcript.  
Lines 8 to 22 of page 1309 of the Transcript.  
Lines 5 to 22 of page 1315 and lines 4 to 6 of page 1316 of the Transcript.  
Page: 42  
[148] In cross-examination, Ms. Cassan testified that she appointed EquiGenesis  
as her representative in dealing with the CRA and acknowledged that two notices  
of objection were filed on her behalf  one for her 2009 taxation year and one for  
her 2011 taxation year. She also stated that she did not pay for the filing of the  
notices of objection but that in 2016 she was asked to pay $50 per LP Unit for legal  
2
08  
costs.  
(7) Mary Zhang  
[149] Ms. Zhang is an employee of TD who works with TD Wealth private clients;  
she appeared under subpoena. Ms. Zhang described her relationship with  
Mr. Gordon and her responsibilities with respect to the Program as follows:  
Mr. Gordon and I had a client and a banker professional relationship.  
.
. .  
I would accept the client’s directions in order to process the transactions that’s  
2
09  
directed to me by the client.  
[150] Ms. Zhang testified that the EquiGenesis “in trust account was opened in  
November 2003, and that the EquiGenesis 2009-II Preferred Investment LP,  
EquiGenesis 2009-II Preferred Investment GP, aIncome 2009 Finance Trust,  
aIncome 2009 Deposit Trust and Leeward Alternative Financial Asset 2009  
2
10  
Corporation accounts were all opened in July 2009.  
[151] Ms. Zhang identified two cerlox bound volumes. The first contained in Tab  
3
a record of all transactions through the FT account from August 6, 2009 to  
211  
March 1, 2015. The second contained a record of all transactions through the  
EquiGenesis account from August 6, 2009 to March 1, 2015.  
2
12  
[152] Ms. Zhang testified that the record of the EquiGenesis account showed  
under the heading “trans[action] description” that 56 of the cheques to be deposited  
in that account had been returned.  
[
153] In cross-examination, Ms. Zhang confirmed that a cheque could be returned  
213  
for a number of reasons but that the most common reason was insufficient funds.  
208  
Lines 12 to 21 of page 1352, lines 10 to 28 of page 1353, lines 1 to 14 and 26 to 28 of page 1354 and lines 1 to 8  
of page 1355 of the Transcript.  
2
2
2
2
2
09  
10  
11  
12  
13  
Lines 1 to 2 and lines 14 to 16 of page 1368 of the Transcript.  
Lines 8 to 16 of page 1369 of the Transcript.  
That volume is Exhibit R-49.  
That volume is Exhibit R-50.  
Lines 20 to 28 of page 1375 and lines 1 to 8 of page 1376 of the Transcript.  
Page: 43  
Ms. Zhang further confirmed that she had not inquired as to whether the  
2
14  
obligations represented by the 56 cheques were met at a later time.  
8) Louis Tilatti  
154] Mr. Tilatti is a consulting engineer and is the husband of Mrs. Tilatti.  
(
[
Mr. Tilatti did not participate in the Program but did participate in the 2005, 2010  
and 2012 programs offered by EquiGenesis. The Respondent subpoenaed  
Mr. Tilatti to testify.  
[155] Mr. Tilatti was asked about an Excel spreadsheet created by EquiGenesis:  
Q. And could you describe what this e-mail’s about?  
A. Um, I recall that EquiGenesis developed an Excel program, software  
program, to help investors in deciding what the appropriate number of units would  
be for their situation to purchase.  
Q. What did that mean to you, “the appropriate number of units for your  
situation”?  
A. Well, I think it’s based on your income and your tax situation and what  
2
15  
impact ‘x’ number of units would have on your tax situation.  
[156] The spreadsheet recommended a number of LP Units based on the inputs of  
the user. Mr. Tilatti testified that he looked at the spreadsheet and concluded that it  
2
16  
was not as useful as his own tax software. He also stated that he did not use the  
2
17  
Excel spreadsheet.  
[157] Mr. Tilatti was shown printouts generated by Excel, including one printout  
showing a recommendation to purchase 10 LP Units. Mr. Tilatti testified that he  
was not familiar with the printouts, that he had not asked EquiGenesis for the  
printouts and that the income shown on the printouts did not match his or  
2
18  
Mrs. Tilatti’s income.  
2
2
2
2
2
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
Lines 13 to 17 of page 1376 of the Transcript.  
Lines 13 to 23 of page 1379 of the Transcript.  
Lines 5 to 6 of page 1383 of the Transcript.  
Line 28 of page 1386 of the Transcript.  
Pages 1384 and 1385 and lines 1 to 4 of page 1386 of the Transcript.  
Page: 44  
[158] Mr. Tilatti was shown a document presenting a 15-year scenario for the  
Program. Mr. Tilatti testified that he did not ask EquiGenesis for the document and  
2
19  
he did not recall receiving it.  
9) Christine Spettigue  
159] Ms. Spettigue is a large case auditor with the CRA and has been employed  
(
[
by the CRA for 23 years. Ms. Spettigue was responsible for issuing the  
reassessments of the Appellants and the other Participants.  
[160] Ms. Spettigue testified that the CRA did not rely on the general  
anti-avoidance rule in section 245 to deny the tax benefits claimed by the  
Appellants as a result of their participation in the Program.  
[161] Ms. Spettigue indicated that she computed the income inclusion under  
subsection 12(9) of the ITA and section 7000 of the ITR by referring to the terms  
2
20  
of the Linked Notes. In particular, she referred to page 8 of the Linked Note,  
which describes the calculation of the variable return amount. She explained her  
approach as follows:  
A. If you turn to page 8 of that note, there is a calculation of the variable return  
amounts which I think has been talked about before, the portfolio A or portfolio B  
and how that is calculated. It is also calculated on the basis that ––  
I think it is 27 that says that it will be calculated as if –– four times per year as if it  
is the maturity date. As that could be the maturity date, I looked at each of the four  
quarters and picked the maximum amount based on the calculation of portfolio B,  
which is the Dow Jones Canada Select Dividend Fund I think.  
Q. Why did you use portfolio B and not portfolio A?  
A. At the 200 percent –– because it is calculated at the 200 percent of the Dow  
Jones amount, we determined that would be the higher amount.  
Q. Could you explain how you determined the partnership income for the 2009  
and 2010 taxation years?  
A. I went to the Dow Jones website and downloaded the actual fund numbers. I  
looked at –– for instance, this particular linked note has the August 12th closing  
date. If you start at that date and go –– then we took the quarterly amounts. In 2009,  
we just looked at the December one because basically it hadn’t started until August.  
2
2
19  
20  
Lines 16 to 28 of page 1386 of the Transcript.  
One of the Linked Notes is found at Tab 44 of the Joint Book.  
Page: 45  
Basically, the return amount between –– the gain between the August 12 date and  
the December –– end of December date –– took the difference and calculated that  
percentage and what that return amount would be less the ACB of the amounts, of  
2
21  
the actual note itself. We calculated a return.  
[162] Ms. Spettigue stated that the period ending December 30, 2009 was too short  
to warrant a calculation and that for the quarter ending September 30, 2010 she  
used numbers prepared by EquiGenesis, even though she did not believe they  
2
22  
yielded the maximum possible amount for the period.  
[163] Ms. Spettigue explained why the reassessment to include $145,400 of  
income in Ms. Cassan’s 2011 taxation year was reversed:  
A. Originally, I used the same approach and calculated March being the highest  
amount. Then as it turned out with consultations with the Department of Justice, we  
determined we would go with a December 31st year, so I recalculated.  
I actually asked my colleague to recalculate it all and determine whether or not it  
was accurate. As of December 2011 –– the March one was really quite high, but by  
the end of December relative to March, it had fallen off. It actually became a tiny  
2
23  
loss, so we did not add any income to anybodys 2011.  
[164] Ms. Spettigue explained that she originally miscalculated the Appellants’  
income inclusions for 2009 and 2010 and described a chart that set out the original  
2
24  
and corrected calculations for those years.  
[165] In cross-examination, Ms. Spettigue stated that she took over the file from  
Mr. Guy Alden after he retired in March 2012. She stated that after that date she  
did not meet with EquiGenesis and did not collect any additional information from  
2
25  
EquiGenesis, FT, DT, Leeward, Man or TGTFC.  
B. The Expert Witnesses  
(1) Mr. Howard Rosen  
[
(
166] Mr. Rosen is a chartered accountant (1981), a chartered business valuator  
1984) and a principal of FTI. He was qualified as an expert in business valuation  
2
2
2
2
21  
22  
23  
24  
Lines 3 to 28 of page 1654 and lines 1 to 6 of page 1655 of the Transcript.  
Lines 7 to 27 of page 1655 of the Transcript.  
Lines 14 to 24 of page 1656 of the Transcript.  
Lines 4 to 18 of page 1657 of the Transcript. The chart titled “Regulation 7000 Deemed Interest Income  
Calculation” is Exhibit R-56.  
225  
Lines 21 to 28 of page 1663, page 1664 and lines 1 to 11 of page 1665 of the Transcript.  
Page: 46  
and corporate finance. Mr. Rosen stated in a statutory declaration that “[m]y  
2
26  
opinion today is as set out in each of my 2009 reports”.  
[167] FTI was retained by EquiGenesis to prepare two reports in 2009 that were  
provided to the Participants. The first report is dated July 30, 2009 and the second  
report is dated December 15, 2009 (individually, the “July 30 EquiGenesis Report”  
and the “December 15 EquiGenesis Report” and collectively, the “EquiGenesis  
2
27  
Reports”).  
[
168] FTI was also retained by TGTFC to provide a report to TGTFC (the  
228 229  
TGTFC Report”). The TGTFC Report is dated December 15, 2009. All three  
reports were signed by Mr. Rosen and by Mr. Vimal Kotecha, CA, CBV. I will  
refer to the EquiGenesis Reports and the TGTFC Report, collectively, as the “FTI  
Reports”.  
[
169] Under the heading “2. Scope of Services in the retainer letter from FTI to  
230  
EquiGenesis dated June 24, 2009, FTI states that it was asked to provide  
EquiGenesis with “our opinion of the fair market value of certain aspects” of the  
Program.  
[170] The EquiGenesis Reports address the same questions but at different dates.  
The July 30 EquiGenesis Report provides opinions as at the date of the report  
while the December 15 EquiGenesis Report provides opinions as at  
November 30, 2009. Section 1.4 of each of the EquiGenesis Reports describes the  
opinions requested by EquiGenesis as follows:  
You have requested our opinions, [as of a current date] [as at November 30, 2009],  
of the following:  
a. The commercial reasonableness of the prescribed interest rates of the  
various proposed debt instruments, specifically;  
226  
Tab A, paragraph 8 of Exhibit A-10. The Respondent did not challenge Mr. Rosen’s impartiality and I was given  
no reason to believe Mr. Rosen would not carry out his duty to the Court as stated in his Certificate Concerning  
Code of Conduct for Expert Witnesses dated the 30th day of July 2015. See White Burgess Langille Inman v. Abbott  
and Haliburton Co., 2015 SCC 23, [2015] 2 S.C.R. 182 at paragraphs 46 to 51. The Court stated at paragraph 47:  
.
. . While I would not go so far as to hold that the expert’s independence and impartiality should be  
presumed absent challenge, my view is that absent such challenge, the expert’s attestation or testimony  
recognizing and accepting the duty will generally be sufficient to establish that this threshold is met.  
Having said that, I note that Mr. Rosen may be more accurately described as a participant expert or a non-party  
expert. See Kaul v. The Queen, 2017 TCC 55 at paragraphs 26 to 33.  
2
2
2
2
27  
28  
29  
30  
The EquiGenesis Reports are found at Tabs 3 and 4 of Tab A of Exhibit A-10.  
The TGTFC Report is found at Tab 5 of Tab A of Exhibit A-10.  
FTI also prepared reports for EquiGenesis programs in 2005, 2006, 2010, 2011 and 2012.  
The retainer letter is found at Tab 2 of Tab A of Exhibit A-10.  
Page: 47  
i. the aIncome 2009 Finance Trust (“Lender”) loan agreements with  
the Investors / Donors (the “Investor Notes” and “Donor Notes”,  
respectively);  
ii. the Leeward loan agreement with the LP (the “LP Notes”);  
iii. the Leeward loan agreement with the Charity (the “Charity  
Notes”); and,  
iv. the Leeward loan agreements (the “Leeward Agreements”) with  
aIncome 2009 Deposit Trust. (“Lender Affiliate”);  
b. The commercial reasonability of the expected rate of return on Leeward’s  
investment in the Man Notes;  
c. The commercial reasonableness of the Investor’s investment in the LP;  
d. The ability of the Charity to realize on its security; and,  
e. That the fair market value of the Charity Notes, if they were issued as of  
the date of this report, would be equal to the face value of $10,000 per unit.  
[171] Section 2.1 of the EquiGenesis Reports sets out the following conclusions:  
Based on the scope of our review, the explanations provided to us, and subject to  
the assumptions, qualifications and restrictions noted herein, in our opinion [as at  
the date of this report] as at November 30, 2009:  
a. The prescribed interest rates of the various proposed debt instruments are  
commercially reasonable, specifically:  
i. the Investor Notes and Donor Notes with the Lender of 7.85%;  
ii. the variable return on the LP Notes;  
iii. the Charity Notes of 4.75%; and,  
iv. the Leeward loan agreements with the Lender Affiliate of 7.85%;  
b. The expected rate of return on Leeward’s investment in the Man Notes is  
commercially reasonable;  
c. The investment in LP units by Investors is commercially reasonable;  
d. The Charity will be able to realize on its security at the maturity date; and,  
e. The fair market value of the Charity Notes, if they were issued as of the  
date of this report, would be equal to the face value of $10,000 per LP unit.  
Page: 48  
[
172] The EquiGenesis Reports were based on the assumptions set out in section 6  
2
31  
of the reports. The December 15 EquiGenesis Report added a third assumption  
to the effect that the data reviewed as at November 30, 2009 had not materially  
changed as of the date of the report. The two common assumptions are:  
a)  
The income tax laws prevailing at the valuation date will continue to prevail  
in the foreseeable future.  
b)  
The Investors will have sufficient net assets and income to allow the Unit and  
Donation Loan agreements between the Lender and the Investors, having an initial  
term of no longer than 10 years, to be refinanced for a further term upon their  
maturity[.]  
[173] In addition to these assumptions, Mr. Rosen testified that:  
I would assume for all investors who were not part of EquiGenesis, [except] for  
Mr. Gordon who was not arm’s length to EquiGenesis, but for the investors who  
were, there is an arm’s-length relationship between them and EquiGenesis.  
We have Finance Trust and Deposit Trust, the lender and lender affiliate, that are at  
arm’s length to the investors and EquiGenesis. We have Leeward Alternate Finance  
Asset 2009 Corporation, which we have been calling Leeward, itself another arm’s-  
length party. We have Man Investments, another arm’s-length party. Then we have  
the charitable foundation, yet another arm’s-length party. Transactions between  
2
32  
arm’s-length parties are assumed to take place on an arm’s-length basis.  
[174] Apart from the effective dates and the assumptions, the only material  
difference between the two EquiGenesis Reports is that the July 30 EquiGenesis  
Report had a different scope of review as some of the material agreements were  
not available at the time that report was prepared. Mr. Rosen read the caveat set out  
in the report:  
“As of the date of this report-- the July report “–– we have not been provided with  
certain agreements that relate, in particular, to the charities/donation element of the  
2
33  
program and specifically we have not reviewed –– ”(As read.)  
[175] Mr. Rosen stated that the missing agreements were available at the time the  
December 15 EquiGenesis Report was prepared and that the additional agreements  
2
34  
did not alter the opinions expressed in the July 30 EquiGenesis Report. As well,  
2
2
2
31  
32  
33  
Tabs 3 and 4 of Tab A of Exhibit A-10.  
Lines 2 to 15 of page 502 of the Transcript.  
Lines 27 to 28 of page 497 and lines 1 to 4 of page 498 of the Transcript. The missing agreements are identified  
at lines 5 to 14 of page 498 of the Transcript and at section 3.2 of the report (Tab 3 of Tab A of Exhibit A-10).  
234  
Lines 2 to 16 of page 499 and lines 21 to 24 of page 500 of the Transcript.  
Page: 49  
the methodology employed to reach the conclusions in the reports did not  
2
35  
change.  
[176] Mr. Rosen explained the meaning of “fair market value” and “commercial  
reasonability” as used in the EquiGenesis Reports as follows:  
Q. How do you define fair market value for this mandate?  
A. Fair market value is generally accepted in Canada to be the highest price  
available in an open and unrestricted market between informed and prudent parties  
acting at arm’s length and under no compulsion to act expressed in terms of cash.  
.
. .  
Q. How did you define “commercial reasonability” in the context of this work?  
A. In paragraph 1.5, following this section, I set out commercial reasonability to  
be the characterization of an investment or aspect of an investment such as the  
interest rate that is reflective of appropriate arm’s-length market factors taking all  
relevant risks, benefits, and responsibility [in]to consideration.  
An investment would be commercially reasonable if it is expected to provide a  
return commensurate with all the risks of the particular investment considered. The  
rate of return would be considered commercially reasonable if it was reflective of  
2
36  
all of the risks an investor was exposed to in an investment.  
[177] Mr. Rosen’s opinion regarding the fair market value of the TGTFC Notes is  
based on his understanding that the notes provided TGTFC with a first charge  
against all of the assets of Leeward and on his conclusion that the 4.75% interest  
rate on the TGTFC Notes is commercially reasonable.  
[178] With respect to the first point, Mr. Rosen explained that, because of the first  
charge, TGTFC would initially have, for each $10,000 of principal of the TGTFC  
Notes (i.e., the TGTFC Note principal amount per LP Unit), security of  
approximately $44,575 comprising Leeward’s investment in the Man Notes of  
$
2,575 per LP Unit and the principal amount of the loans to Participants of  
approximately $42,000 per LP Unit. This security was expected to grow to just  
over $200,000 at the end of the Program, at which time Leeward would owe  
2
37  
TGTFC about $13,440 per LP Unit.  
2
2
2
35  
36  
37  
Lines 18 to 20 of page 500 of the Transcript.  
Lines 25 to 28 of page 492, lines 1 to 3 of page 493 and lines 5 to 19 of page 494 of the Transcript.  
Lines 12 to 28 of page 503, page 504 and lines 1 to 19 of page 505 of the Transcript. Mr. Rosen noted that in  
section 5.22 of the December 15 EquiGenesis Report the amount was misstated as being $211,628. However, the  
charts at sections 5.16 and 5.22 state the correct number of $202,620.  
Page: 50  
[179] Mr. Rosen stated that the Man Notes were probably less important, that he  
would feel most comfortable putting most of the emphasis on the charity notes, on  
the investor notes” and that the primary collateral for the TGTFC Notes comes  
2
38  
from the loans to the investors.  
[180] The expected value of the security held by TGTFC at the end of the 20-year  
term of the TGTFC Notes was based on assumptions regarding the Man Notes and  
the loans to the Participants. In particular, Mr. Rosen assumed that the Man Notes  
would yield an annual return of 15.4%, which was based on historic returns for the  
2
39  
AHL Diversified Program over a period of 13 years and eight months, and that  
the Participants would refinance their loans at the end of the initial 10-year period  
2
40  
with loans that would be due no later than December 31, 2028. He also assumed  
on the basis of his reading of the relevant agreements - certain cash flows if any  
portion of the principal or interest owing under the Unit Loans or the TGTFC  
2
41  
Loans was repaid prior to maturity.  
[181] In cross-examination, Mr. Rosen acknowledged that the predicted return on  
the Man Notes was based on the return on the Man AHL Diversified plc notes  
2
42  
rather than the Class A AHL Diversified CAD notes that Leeward acquired.  
Mr. Rosen pointed to the explanation in footnote 22 of the EquiGenesis Reports,  
which highlights the factors that may result in performance differences between the  
two notes and states that the less than three-year trading history of the CAD notes  
was insufficient to predict the performance of the Man Notes over 20 years,  
although it did track the plc notes during that approximately three-year period.  
[182] With respect to the second point, Mr. Rosen expressed the opinion that the  
TGTFC Notes were low risk because of the security attached to the notes and that,  
in considering whether the 4.75% interest rate on those notes was commercially  
reasonable, one had to compare the rates on other low-risk 20-year debt. Mr. Rosen  
stated that as of November 30, 2009, the rate on long-term Government of Canada  
bonds was 3.85%, which represented the risk-free rate. The rate on 20-year  
provincial bonds, which he considered to be a very safe investment, was in the  
238  
Lines 18 to 28 of page 508 and lines 5 to 9 of page 513 of the Transcript. Mr. Rosen also concluded that an  
annual return of 9.6% on the Man Notes would be sufficient in and of itself to discharge the amount owed under the  
TGTFC Notes: lines 2 to 4 of page 517 of the Transcript and section 5.17 b) of the EquiGenesis Reports.  
239  
Lines 7 to 9 of page 517 of the Transcript and section 5.17 a) of the December 15 EquiGenesis Report.  
Mr. Rosen concluded that the expected return on the Man Notes of 15.4% was commercially reasonable: lines 23 to  
2
7 of page 535 of the Transcript and section 5.18 of the EquiGenesis Reports.  
Lines 14 to 18 of page 509 of the Transcript.  
Lines 8 to 28 of page 511 and line 1 of page 512 of the Transcript and footnote 24 of the EquiGenesis Reports.  
Apparently, these notes became the Class D AHL Diversified CAD notes: line 1 to 3 of page 641 of the  
2
2
2
40  
41  
42  
Transcript.  
Page: 51  
range of 4.5% to 4.7%. The rate on 20-year Canadian corporate bonds, which he  
2
43  
considered to be a riskier investment, was 5.3%.  
[183] Mr. Rosen also looked at the implicit interest rates on 20-year residual  
bonds, which are bonds that will be redeemed for their face amount on maturity but  
that do not pay interest while they are outstanding. The implicit interest rate on the  
Government of Canada residual bond was 4.05% while the implicit interest rates  
on the provincial and corporate residual bonds ranged from 4.9% to 6.6%.  
Mr. Rosen viewed the TGTFC Notes as less risky than the provincial and corporate  
2
44  
residual bonds because 3.75% of the 4.75% interest rate was paid annually.  
[184] Section 5.13 e) of the EquiGenesis Reports states that the internal rate of  
return (IRR) of the TGTFC Notes is 5.11%. Mr. Rosen stated that this was an error  
and that the IRR should be 4.75%. He also stated that this error “is not relevant to  
the ultimate conclusion” that the interest rate of 4.75% was commercially  
2
45  
reasonable. This conclusion regarding the reasonability of the interest rate in  
turn supported the view that each $10,000 of principal of the TGTFC Notes had a  
2
46  
fair market value of $10,000.  
[185] In addition to assuming the refinancing of the Unit Loans and the TGTFC  
Loans, section 5.23 of the EquiGenesis Reports addresses a scenario in which the  
Participantsloans are not refinanced. The conclusion in that case is that the  
per-LP Unit fair market value of the TGTFC Notes is still $10,000. When asked  
why he looked at this scenario, Mr. Rosen stated:  
There is no guarantee that the loans will be refinanced or that they will be able to be  
refinanced. There is no certainty in the future. Because of that, you have to look at  
2
47  
what the economic impact is if they cannot be refinanced.  
[186] With respect to the 7.85% annual rate of interest on the Unit Loans and the  
TGTFC Loans, Mr. Rosen opined that 10-year mortgage rates plus an additional  
premium that takes into account the covenant of each Participant were an  
2
48  
appropriate measure of the reasonability of that rate. Mr. Rosen described his  
analysis and conclusion as follows:  
Based on the risk profile and the characteristics of these loans, the unit loan and the  
donation loan, in comparison to 10-year conventional mortgages, I concluded that  
2
2
2
2
2
2
43  
44  
45  
46  
47  
48  
Lines 8 to 28 of page 518 of the Transcript.  
Lines 1 to 26 of page 519 of the Transcript.  
Lines 22 to 23 of page 521 of the Transcript.  
Lines 9 to 13 of page 523 of the Transcript. See, also, sections 5.21 to 5.23 of the EquiGenesis Reports.  
Lines 19 to 23 of page 510 of the Transcript.  
The EquiGenesis Reports state in section 5.3 c) that an additional liquidity premium was not required.  
Page: 52  
they were riskier than the rate on the 10-year conventional mortgage and that the  
rate of 7.85 percent was reasonable.  
.
. .  
Q. What were the rates you observed for conventional mortgages?  
A. I observed posted rates, and I observed discounted rates. The discounted rates  
2
49  
were about 250 basis points less than the rate on these notes.  
[187] Mr. Rosen acknowledged that the EquiGenesis Reports did not enumerate  
the factors supporting the conclusion that the 7.85% rate was commercially  
2
50  
reasonable.  
[188] However, the EquiGenesis Reports do indicate that the conclusion is based  
on two additional assumptions. Section 5.3 b) of the EquiGenesis Reports states in  
part:  
.
. . Our determination of the additional risk premium considers the fact that a  
complete credit review will be performed initially and prior to any new loan on or  
after February 15, 2019 on the entire loan amount (which includes loans for interest  
14  
251  
payments) and that the Investors are individuals with substantial net worth ; and  
Footnote 14 in the EquiGenesis Reports states:  
We understand that Investors must be “Accredited Investors”, as defined in  
National Instrument 45-106  Prospectus and Registrations Exception having a net  
worth in excess of $1 million (excluding their personal residence) or having annual  
net income of at least $200,000 or annual net family income of at least $300,000 or  
may otherwise qualify as Accredited Investors pursuant to National Instrument 45-  
1
06.  
[
189] Mr. Rosen acknowledged that he did not conduct a detailed review of the  
252  
creditworthiness of each Participant.  
[190] In cross-examination, Mr. Rosen acknowledged that his analysis of the  
interest rates on the Unit Loans and the TGTFC Loans was dependent on the  
assumption that the Participants were creditworthy:  
2
2
2
2
49  
50  
51  
52  
Lines 12 to 17 and lines 23 to 27 of page 532 of the Transcript.  
Lines 13 to 19 of page 531 of the Transcript.  
Section 5.3 b) of Tabs 3 and 4 of Tab A of Exhibit A-10.  
Lines 11 to 14 of page 528 of the Transcript.  
Page: 53  
I think the creditworthiness was the assumption and given that they were  
creditworthy within the structure would their security provide a risk profile that was  
2
53  
consistent with a market instrument that I could measure.  
[191] Mr. Rosen went on to describe the “accredited investor” assumption as  
follows:  
I believe it’s safe to say that it was an important assumption and so I gave it weight,  
2
54  
yes. I gave it important weight.  
[192] Mr. Rosen was also asked about the credit check assumption:  
Q. . . . So what was that assumption based on?  
A. I was advised by EquiGenesis that that would be the process.  
Q. What do you mean by “complete credit review” in this paragraph?  
A. In my opinion that would be a review that was sufficient from the lender’s  
point of view to satisfy themselves that the borrowers were creditworthy.  
Q. And to get a level of detail as to how would that be achieved in your  
experience, are you suggesting that it would be the need to determine the assets and  
liabilities of these individuals, would that form part of the complete credit review?  
A. I think that would depend on who the lender is and I think the lender would  
be in a position to respond to that specifically, but I think it’s safe to say that  
lender[s] should be reasonably diligent in determining the creditworthiness of  
2
55  
borrowers.  
[193] Mr. Rosen addresses the creditworthiness of the Participants in a rebuttal  
report of FTI dated July 30, 2015 (the “FTI Rebuttal Report”), which was prepared  
in response to an expert report of Campbell Valuation Partners Limited dated June  
256  
9, 2015 (the “CVPL Report”). The FTI Rebuttal Report is a response to the  
2
CVPL Report but only to the extent that the latter report identifies issues in the FTI  
Reports. I will describe the opinions in the FTI Rebuttal Report in my description  
of the opinions in the CVPL Report.  
2
2
2
2
53  
54  
55  
56  
Lines 22 to 26 of page 630 of the Transcript.  
Lines 13 to 15 of page 632 of the Transcript.  
Lines 20 to 28 of page 632 and lines 1 to 10 of page 633 of the Transcript.  
The FTI Rebuttal Report is at Tab B of Exhibit A-10 and the CVPL Report is at Tab 1 of Exhibit R-53.  
Page: 54  
[
194] Mr. Rosen assessed the loans from Leeward to DT and from DT to FT on  
2
57  
the same basis as the loans to the Participants. Mr. Rosen described the analysis  
as follows:  
The ultimate security for these loans, the ultimate risk in these loans was exactly  
the same as the investments loans made by the investors, for the unit loan and the  
donation loan. Because the ultimate security and risk was the same, I concluded  
2
58  
that the rate would be the same.  
[195] Mr. Rosen assessed the return on the Linked Notes issued by Leeward to the  
2
009 LP by reviewing the average 15-year returns on the investments notionally  
included in Portfolio A and Portfolio B. The total weighted average compound  
return for the investments in Portfolio A was 9.90%. The return for the Dow Jones  
Canada Select Dividend Index (Portfolio B) was 9.96% and 200% (the weighting  
factor) of that return was 19.92%. Mr. Rosen concluded at section 5.11 of the  
EquiGenesis Reports that “the anticipated interest rates on LP Notes [Linked  
Notes] are commercially reasonable”.  
[196] Counsel for the Appellants asked Mr. Rosen about the value of the Linked  
Notes prior to their maturity date:  
Q. Is there any way to determine, prior to the maturity date, how much the linked  
note is actually worth?  
A. You can observe it from time to time. Because it doesn’t become operable  
2
59  
until the maturity date, there is no way to know until maturity date.  
[197] Mr. Rosen explained his analysis of the commercial reasonableness of the  
investments in the 2009 LP as follows:  
.
. . In terms of assessing commercial reasonableness of an investment in the LP, it  
was important to determine if the investors would receive sufficient funds from the  
investment to retire their obligations and, in addition, to earn a return  
2
60  
commensurate with the risk. That is set out in 5.15.  
[198] Mr. Rosen testified that the value of the LP Units was dependent on the  
value of the assets of Leeward available to settle the Linked Notes. This value  
would be the amount due from DT and the value of the Man Notes less the amount  
2
61  
262  
payable to TGTFC on the TGTFC Notes. The value is stated to be $189,180.  
2
2
2
2
2
57  
58  
59  
60  
61  
Sections 5.5 to 5.7 of the EquiGenesis Reports.  
Lines 13 to 18 of page 533 of the Transcript.  
Lines 10 to 15 of page 540 of the Transcript.  
Line 28 of page 533 and lines 1 to 5 of page 534 of the Transcript.  
Lines 13 to 28 of page 534 and lines 1 to 6 of page 535 of the Transcript.  
Page: 55  
The analysis of the value of the Man Note uses the return over 13 years and eight  
months on the AHL Diversified Program to determine the expected return on the  
Man Notes of 15.4% per annum. On the basis of this value and a total out-of-  
pocket investment of $13,500 per LP Unit, the compound annual return to  
2
63  
Participants is just under 4%.  
2) Mr. Howard E. Johnson  
199] Mr. Johnson was qualified as an expert in the areas of valuation of debt  
(
[
instruments, valuation of equity securities and corporate finance.  
[200] Counsel for the Appellant objected to Mr. Johnson being qualified as an  
expert in credit ratings. In the voir dire, Mr. Johnson did not suggest he was an  
expert in credit ratings and counsel for the Respondent did not seek to qualify  
Mr. Johnson as an expert in credit ratings. Counsel for the Appellants submitted  
that, because Mr. Johnson used a corporate bond rating methodology in his expert  
report, he should not be qualified as an expert for the purposes of his report.  
Mr. Johnson stated that credit rating is included in courses in advanced corporate  
finance and in chartered financial analyst programs, that he used the corporate  
bond rating methodology as a tool and that he had employed a similar approach in  
2
64  
other situations. With respect to the import of the credit rating, he stated:  
.
. . the credit rating serves solely for the purpose of establishing where that note  
falls or the debt instrument falls on the risk-reward spectrum and in helping to  
identify public market securities that may be somewhat comparable to the fixed  
2
65  
income instrument at hand.  
[201] In his expert report, Mr. Johnson does not provide an opinion regarding  
Leeward’s credit rating but rather uses his estimation of Leeward’s credit rating as  
part of his valuation methodology. Mr. Johnson does not need to be an expert in  
credit rating to assume a credit rating so as to apply a valuation methodology that  
is within his area of expertise. Rather, the accuracy of Mr. Johnson’s assumption  
2
66  
goes to the weight to be given to his conclusions. I therefore did not accept the  
Appellants’ submission regarding Mr. Johnson’s qualification as an expert.  
262  
See section 5.16 of the December 15 EquiGenesis Report. The July 30 EquiGenesis Report incorrectly stated the  
amount available to be $198,188.  
2
2
2
2
63  
64  
65  
66  
Lines 3 to 20 of page 537 of the Transcript.  
Lines 21 to 28 of page 1401 and lines 1 to 12 of page 1402 of the Transcript.  
Line 28 of page 1401 and lines 1 to 5 of page 1402 of the Transcript.  
Mr. Jerrold Marriott was qualified as an expert in credit rating and counsel for the Appellants tendered his expert  
report to challenge Mr. Johnson’s assumption regarding the credit rating of Leeward.  
Page: 56  
[202] The CVPL Report addressed five issues. Mr. Johnson states that the first two  
issues together address the fair market value per LP Unit of the property  
2
67  
transferred by a Participant to TGTFC. The first issue is the fair market value of  
the property and the second issue is the impact on that value of the requirement for  
TGTFC to invest in the TGTFC Notes all but $200 per LP Unit (or 98.04%) of the  
amount transferred. The two issues are intertwined and are therefore addressed  
2
68  
together.  
[203] In Mr. Johnson’s opinion, the fair market value of all but $200 of the  
donation per LP Unit is dependent on the fair market value of the TGTFC Notes.  
To determine that value, Mr. Johnson considers the interest rate on the TGTFC  
2
69  
Notes as well as the callability and liquidity of the TGTFC Notes.  
[204] Mr. Johnson’s analysis of the interest rate in turn involves consideration of  
the following:  
a.  
the terms and conditions [of the TGTFC] Notes;  
b.  
the risk free rate of return available in the market at the date of the issuance of  
the [TGTFC Notes] in or around December 2009;  
c.  
the yield on Canadian mortgages with comparable remaining terms to  
maturity;  
d.  
the reported corporate bond spreads by credit rating in 2009 as reported by  
Reuters;  
e.  
the implied rate of return required on the Man Notes to settle the [TGTFC]  
Notes when they mature on December 31, 2028;  
f.  
rates;  
the credit market conditions that prevailed in 2009 and the impact on interest  
the financial position and risk profile of Leeward[,] being the issuer of the  
g.  
[
TGTFC] Notes; and,  
2
70  
h. the financial position and risk profile of the individual Investors.  
[
205] With respect to the security for the TGTFC Notes, Mr. Johnson expresses  
271  
the view that the Participants were in substance lending money to themselves.  
2
2
2
2
67  
68  
69  
70  
Mr. Johnson adopts the same meaning of fair market value as Mr. Rosen: section 6.5 of the CVPL Report.  
Sections 6.2 to 6.6 of the CVPL Report.  
Section 6.7 of the CVPL Report.  
Section 6.8 of the CVPL Report.  
Page: 57  
Mr. Johnson explains the importance of this viewpoint to his analysis of the  
security as follows:  
.
. . And the essence here is the -- the unit loan and the donation loan ultimately are  
secured by two items, one you have the Man Notes, the Man Units for $2,575  
which will probably change in value over time, and ultimately you have the  
personal net worth of the investors themselves. So while the investors are high net  
worth investors there’s no specific assets beyond the Man Notes that are securing  
2
72  
their obligation to pay the donation loan and the unit loan.  
[206] On this point, the CVPL Report states:  
The security against the Charity Notes [TGTFC Notes] is a claim to the present and  
after-acquired assets of Leeward including a claim against the Investors and their  
investment in the Units. Referring to the diagram of the Investment Program flow  
of funds at paragraph 4.9, we note the following:  
a.  
the Investor borrows $32,000 per Unit from Finance Trust to invest in the  
Units. This $32,000 is paid to EquiGenesis LP as part of the subscription  
proceeds of $36,140 per Unit;  
b.  
EquiGenesis LP uses the subscription proceeds to invest $34,575 in Linked  
Notes with Leeward. The remaining $1,565 is paid out as fees to third parties.  
The $34,575 includes the $32,000 in proceeds originally borrowed by the  
Investor;  
c.  
Leeward uses the $34,575 to invest $2,575 in the Man Notes and lends  
$
32,000 to Deposit Trust;  
d.  
e.  
Deposit Trust lends the $32,000 from Leeward to Finance Trust; and,  
the $32,000 originally borrowed by the Investor from Finance Trust, is  
thereby returned to Finance Trust through the circular flow of the funds.  
Having consideration for the foregoing, of the original investment in the Units of  
36,140, $1,565 is paid out in fees to third parties, $32,000 flows back in a circular  
$
flow of funds to the lender (i.e. Finance Trust) and only $2,575 is invested in the  
Man Notes. In effect from a financial perspective, the security of the investment in  
the Units is only comprised of $2,575 of underlying assets. Therefore, the Charity  
Notes with a face value of $10,000 are secured by only $2,575 of assets at  
2
73  
December 31, 2009.  
271  
Lines 16 to 28 of page 1422 and lines 1 to 4 of page 1423 of the Transcript. Mr. Johnson provides a similar  
analysis of the TGTFC Loans: lines 5 to 19 of page 1423 of the Transcript.  
2
2
72  
73  
Lines 24 to 28 of page 1423 and lines 1 to 4 of page 1424 of the Transcript.  
Section 6.10 of the CVPL Report.  
Page: 58  
[207] Mr. Johnson stated that, notwithstanding the wording in the last paragraph,  
he did not ignore the net worth of the Participants. He explained the position set  
out in section 6.10 of the CVPL Report as follows:  
No, looking back I should have said $2,575 of specific assets. That’s also or there  
could be significant assets related to an individual’s net worth. The challenge, as  
I’ll talk about, is there’s no or very little visibility into the net worth of those  
individual investors over a very long 19-year period. So at the end of that 19 years  
if and when the investors are called upon to satisfy their obligations some may have  
significant net worth and others may have little or no net worth and therein lies one  
of the main issues I have in this program, is the level of uncertainty over such a  
2
74  
long period of time for a significant element of the security.  
[208] Mr. Johnson expressed the opinion that, given the terms of the TGTFC  
Notes, the holder was exposed to a moderate level of risk and that an appropriate  
2
75  
interest rate had to reflect this risk.  
[209] For comparison, Mr. Johnson considered the risk-free interest rate  
represented by Canadian government bonds and US Treasury securities (4% to  
.42%), the interest rate on conventional 5-year and 10-year Canadian mortgages  
5.34% to 6.9%) and the interest rate on publicly traded U.S. corporate bonds  
4
(
(
2
76  
5.66% to 16.89%, depending on the corporation’s official credit rating).  
Mr. Johnson also considered, as a proxy for the risk on the TGTFC Notes, the rate  
of return (9.1%) required on the Man Notes in order to discharge the TGTFC  
2
77  
Notes. Finally, Mr. Johnson considered the credit market conditions in 2009, the  
financial position and risk profile of Leeward (which he assumed to be equivalent  
2
78  
to a B- to BB+ credit rating, using a corporate debt rating methodology ) and the  
2
79  
financial position and risk profile of the Participants.  
[210] Mr. Johnson concludes that the interest rate on the TGTFC Notes should fall  
within the range of 9.1% to 14.4%. This yields a fair market value of $5,919 (at  
9
9
.1%) to $3,470 (at 14.4%). Mr. Johnson then adds a callability discount of $87 (at  
.1%) to $72 (at 14.4%) and a marketability discount of 10% (at 9.1%) to 15%  
280  
2
2
2
74  
Lines 12 to 23 of page 1424 of the Transcript.  
75  
Lines 1 to 12 of page 1426 of the Transcript.  
76  
Sections 6.12 to 6.21 of the CVPL Report. With respect to the corporate bonds, Mr. Johnson stated that if he had  
used the Canadian long-term yield as the risk-free rate instead of the US Treasury yield, the derived rate for each  
risk level would be approximately 0.4% less: lines 1 to 6 of page 1432 of the Transcript.  
277  
Sections 6.22 to 6.26 of the CVPL Report. Mr. Johnson notes that the 9.1% does not include management fees:  
lines 1 to 6 of page 1443 of the Transcript.  
2
2
2
78  
79  
80  
Appendix D of the CVPL Report.  
Sections 6.27 to 6.41 of the CVPL Report.  
Sections 6.46 to 6.50 of the CVPL Report.  
Page: 59  
2
81  
(
at 14.4%). The result is a per-LP Unit fair market value of the donation to  
TGTFC in the range of $2,889 to $5,249.  
[211] The third and fourth issues addressed by Mr. Johnson consider the value of  
the economic benefits provided to the Participants by the Unit Loans and the  
TGTFC Loans over the terms of 9 years and 19 years.  
[212] Mr. Johnson first considers the interest rate on the TGTFC Loans, the  
capitalization of the interest on the loans, the security given to FT, the application  
form and process, the lack of financial covenants, the credit market conditions in  
2
009 and his experience with debt and capital markets and concludes that the  
282  
TGTFC Loans are not commercially reasonable debt instruments.  
[213] With respect to the interest rate on the TGTFC Loans, Mr. Johnson observes  
that the interest rate is 0.5% to 1.25% above the 10-year mortgage rate of 6.60% to  
2
83  
7
.35% available in 2009. In his view, a commercial lender would require a  
higher interest rate premium because the TGTFC Loans were not secured by real  
2
84  
property but by $2,575 per LP Unit and because the principal amount of the  
loans increased rather than decreased during the term of the loans.  
[
214] Mr. Johnson observed that interest rates on senior secured corporate debt  
with similar terms to maturity and a credit rating of B- to BB+ would range from  
.16% to 9.49% and that corporate bond spreads reported by Reuters for the same  
rating implied a range of 12.6% to 14.1%. He concludes that the fair market value  
7
2
85  
of the interest rate on the TGTFC Loans is in the range of 10% to 14%. While he  
notes that the Unit Loans would demand a higher interest rate because of greater  
risk, he assumes the same rate for those loans.  
2
86  
[215] On the basis of this range of interest rates, Mr. Johnson concludes that the  
economic benefit for the TGTFC Loan is between $1,475 (at 10%) and $3,578 (at  
1
1
4%) per LP Unit. The economic benefit for the Unit Loan is between $5,301 (at  
0%) and $12,762 (at 14%) per LP Unit.  
287  
2
2
2
2
81  
Sections 6.51 to 6.56 of the CVPL Report.  
82  
Sections 7.5 and 7.6 of the CVPL Report.  
83  
84  
Section 7.10 b. and section 7.5 a. of the CVPL Report.  
Mr. Johnson recognized that Participants pledged their LP Units as security for the TGTFC Loans and the Unit  
Loans and that the TGTFC Loans ranked ahead of the Unit Loans vis-à-vis this security. However, he reasoned that  
this amounted to security of $2,575 per LP Unit because ultimately a payout on the LP Units was funded by the  
repayment of the TGTFC Loans and the Unit Loans.  
2
2
2
85  
86  
87  
Section 7.12 of the CVPL Report.  
Sections 7.23 and 7.24 of the CVPL Report.  
Mr. Johnson’s analysis is found at section 7 of the CVPL Report.  
Page: 60  
[216] Mr. Johnson performs a similar analysis for a 19-year term and concludes  
that the TGTFC Loans and Unit Loans should bear interest over that term of  
between 13% and 15%. On the basis of this range of interest rates, the economic  
benefit for the TGTFC Loan is between $4,828 (at 13%) and $5,855 (at 15%) per  
LP Unit. The economic benefit on the Unit Loan is between $18,857 (at 13%) and  
2
88  
$
22,593 (at 15%) per LP Unit.  
[217] The fifth and final issue is the economic value to Participants of the cash  
flow generated by the Program. In a nutshell, he concludes that, depending on the  
term (9 or 19 years), the tax treatment at the end of the term (income or capital  
gain) and certain other assumptions, the cash flow benefits range from a negative  
2
89  
number per LP Unit to $25,080 per LP Unit.  
3) Mr. Jerrold Marriott  
218] Mr. Marriott was qualified as an expert in the areas of credit rating and  
(
[
structured finance capital markets. Mr. Marriot’s expert report (the “EFCL  
2
90  
Report”) focusses on the credit rating assumed by Mr. Johnson in the CVPL  
Report. The issues raised by Mr. Marriott are summarized in the ECFL Report as  
follows:  
Mr. Johnson erred in his methodological approach to both the rating of Leeward  
and the analysis of the fair market value of the Charity Notes [TGTFC Notes],  
specifically in:  
(i) The use of a corporate rating approach in the assessment of Leeward and the  
Charity Notes;  
(ii) The use of US interest rates in establishing risk free rates and comparative  
bond spreads;  
(iii) Failing to recognize the full quantum of security available to support the  
Charity Notes;  
(iv) The use of the required rate of return on the Man Notes as a proxy for the risk  
of the Charity Notes; and  
291  
v) Overestimating the financial risk of investors/obligors.  
(
2
2
2
2
88  
89  
90  
91  
Mr. Johnson’s analysis is found at section 8 of the CVPL Report.  
Mr. Johnson’s analysis and conclusions are found in section 9 of the CVPL Report.  
Exhibit A-12.  
Section 2.1(a) of the EFCL Report.  
Page: 61  
[219] The report goes on to state Mr. Marriott’s view as to the preferred  
methodology:  
The factors which should have been considered and the methodology which should  
have been employed include:  
(i) The use of a structured finance rating methodology to assess the credit  
quality of the Charity Notes [TGTFC Notes];  
(ii) The use of appropriate Canadian interest rates in establishing risk free  
rates and comparative bond spreads;  
(iii) The use of Canadian structured finance transactions as potential  
benchmarks for the establishment of fair market value interest rates;  
(iv) Recognition of the first priority security provided to the Charity Notes  
and the additional recourse available to support the Charity Notes;  
(v) Recognizing both assets and liabilities acquired by investors participating  
in the transaction as well as available data to support investor default  
projections; and  
(vi) The use of a joint probability of default determination on the rating of the  
Charity Notes.  
[220] Mr. Marriott provides a detailed discussion of each of the above points in the  
balance of his report.  
[221] Mr. Marriott concludes that if one had applied his methodology, the TGTFC  
Notes would have been rated at A and not B- to BB+. Schedule II of the EFCL  
Report, titled “Summary of Comparative Canadian Structured Finance  
Transactions, indicates for A-rated structured finance debt with terms of 3 to 5  
years interest rate spreads of 1.85% to 3.34%, with all but one issue falling in the  
2
92  
2
3
.63% to 3.34% range. These spreads translate into interest rates ranging from  
.95% to 6.44% if one uses for the risk-free rate, the rate on Canadian government  
2
93  
bonds of comparable terms (6.03% to 6.44%, omitting the one outlier).  
2
2
92  
93  
The A-rated debt on the chart was issued between February 2008 and February 2010.  
Section 4.18 of the EFCL Report explains Schedule II.  
Page: 62  
(4) Mr. A. Scott Davidson  
[222] Mr. Davidson was qualified as an expert in the areas of business valuation  
and security interests. Mr. Davidson was asked to review and comment on the  
opinions expressed in the CVPL Report regarding the fair market value of the  
property transferred to TGTFC and the value of the economic benefits received by  
the Participants as a result of the TGTFC Loans and the Unit Loans, and to the  
extent that adjustments are required, to provide such adjustments as at  
December 1, 2009. As well, Mr. Davidson was asked to comment on the value of  
cash flow benefits associated with an investment in the 2009 LP and on whether  
participation in the donation program enhanced these benefits. Mr. Davidson  
tendered an expert report authored by him and Mr. Chris Polson (the “D&P  
Report”).  
[223] Section 3.0 of the D&P Report sets out the conclusions of the report.  
Mr. Davidson disagrees with Mr. Johnson’s assessment of the fair market value of  
the TGTFC Notes on the grounds that:  
1
.
The low end of Mr. Johnson’s range of interest rates for the TGTFC  
Notes (9.1%) is based on the minimum return required on the Man Notes in  
order to repay the TGTFC Notes. This rate is an internal rate of return (IRR),  
which is neither a measure of the risk inherent in the TGTFC Notes nor the  
rate of return an arm’s length investor would require for bearing that risk. The  
IRR is merely information to be taken into consideration.  
2
.
The high end of Mr. Johnson’s range of interest rates for the TGTFC  
Notes (14.4%) is based on his credit analysis of Leeward and fails to properly  
consider a number of factors that mitigate the risk of the TGTFC Notes and  
support a lower rate, including:  
a. The senior claim of the TGTFC Notes over the assets of Leeward;  
b. The financial position and creditworthiness of the Participants, who  
provide a significant portion of the collateral for the TGTFC Notes; and  
c. The effective cross-guarantee of the obligations of Leeward under  
the TGTFC Notes by all the Participants, which results from the fact that  
the collective obligations of the Participants under the TGTFC Loans  
Page: 63  
and the Unit Loans are pooled in Leeward by virtue of the loans by  
2
94  
Leeward to DT.  
3
4
.
.
The callability discount of 13 to 24 basis points is too high.  
The marketability discount is based on studies of restricted stock, which  
generally exhibit greater price risk (volatility) and are subject to more  
restrictive limitations on their transfer or sale than the TGTFC Notes. As a  
result, the illiquidity discount is too high.  
[224] Mr. Davidson also concludes that the interest rate charged on the TGTFC  
Loans and the Unit Loans is within the range of reasonability and therefore no  
benefit is received by the Participants as a result of these loans, that Mr. Johnson’s  
assessment of the economic benefit from investing in the 2009 LP is subject to a  
number of assumptions, that apart from the donation receipt none of the economic  
benefits identified by Mr. Johnson result from the donation to TGTFC and that  
2
95  
participation in the donation program diminishes the value of the LP Units.  
[225] Mr. Davidson provides an analysis in support of each of his conclusions.  
With respect to the value of the TGTFC Notes, Mr. Davidson expresses the  
following views:  
1
.
According to Mr. Marriott’s expert report, the use of a corporate bond  
rating methodology for structured finance instruments such as the TGTFC  
2
96  
Notes is not appropriate;  
2
.
Leaving aside the first point, the application of the corporate bond rating  
methodology is flawed. Specifically, Mr. Davidson disagrees with the market  
data used to establish the corporate bond yield of 14.4% and points out the  
lack of an objective framework or analysis justifying the credit rating  
2
97  
attributed to Leeward;  
3
.
The circumstances of Leeward support an analysis of the risk associated  
with the TGTFC Notes that is based on the ratio of Leeward’s assets to its  
obligations under the TGTFC Notes but do not support the debt-to-equity  
2
98  
analysis used in the CVPL Report;  
2
2
2
2
2
94  
95  
96  
97  
98  
See, also, section 4.2.4 b) ii. of the D&P Report.  
See, also, section 6.1.5 of the D&P Report.  
Section 6.3.8 of the D&P Report.  
Sections 6.3.9 and 6.3.17 of the D&P Report.  
Sections 6.3.13 to 6.3.16 of the D&P Report.  
Page: 64  
4
.
The 9.1% IRR on the Man Notes required to repay the TGTFC Notes is  
not a proxy for an appropriate discount rate on the TGTFC Notes. An IRR is a  
calculation of cash flows that net to a present value of zero and does not  
reflect the factors that an investor would consider when establishing a  
discount rate. In addition, the IRR on the Man Notes does not take into  
account Leeward’s other assets, being the amounts owed to it by DT, which  
are reflective of the TGTFC Loans and the Unit Loans owed by the  
2
99  
Participants.  
5
.
The creditworthiness of the Participants is understated because of the  
failure to treat the LP Units as an asset that offsets the Unit Loans, the  
utilization of a loan-to-annual-income ratio when there is no expectation that  
the loans will be repaid from income, the exclusion of the principal residences  
of the Participants from their net assets and the failure to recognize that  
3
00  
Leeward has recourse to the amounts owed by all Participants. With respect  
to the last point, section 6.3.30 d) of the D&P Report states:  
Most importantly, the ratios exhibited only reflect the collateral  
(net worth) associated with a single Investor. In actual fact, to  
satisfy the obligations owing on the Charity Note [TGTFC Notes]  
the Charity [TGTFC] can look to the totality of Leeward’s assets,  
which include the collateral provided by the entire pool of 59 high  
net worth Investors. Thus, in the event of a single Investor’s  
default on his or her Donation Loan [TGTFC Loan], the proceeds  
from other Investors’ Unit Loans will be utilized to repay the  
balance of the defaulting Investors’ Donation Loan. Since the  
assets within Leeward exceed the aggregate Charity Note  
obligations, this pooled collateral is effectually a form of “cross-  
guarantee”, whereby the net worth of multiple investors provides  
security against the outstanding balance of the Donation Loan.  
6
.
The callability and marketability discounts are both overstated and are  
incorrectly applied to the $200 cash component of the donation per LP Unit.  
The data relied upon to determine the callability discount suggests a discount  
of 5 basis points (not 13 to 24 basis points). Reliance on the restricted stock  
study used to determine the illiquidity discount results in an overstatement of  
the discount because, unlike restricted stock, the TGTFC Notes are  
transferrable with Leeward’s consent (not to be unreasonably withheld);  
restricted stock is equity and therefore more volatile than a fixed-income  
investment; the more temporally relevant discount from the study relied upon  
2
3
99  
00  
Sections 6.3.19 to 6.3.24 of the D&P Report.  
Sections 6.3.25 to 6.3.32 of the D&P Report.  
Page: 65  
is 8.25% which, for the foregoing reasons, overstates the discount for the  
TGTFC Notes; and the majority of the interest on the TGTFC Notes is paid  
3
01  
annually.  
[226] Mr. Davidson disagrees with Mr. Johnson regarding the economic benefits  
attributed to the Unit Loans and the TGTFC Loans. In reaching this conclusion,  
Mr. Davidson assumes that the Participants are dealing at arm’s length with FT and  
that therefore the 7.85% interest rate on these loans is an arm’s length market  
3
02  
Mr. Davidson reiterates his disagreement with the credit rating  
rate.  
methodology underlying Mr. Johnson’s analysis of the benefits to Participants  
from the loans, but also observes that it is inappropriate to use the credit rating of  
Leeward to determine the interest rate on the TGTFC Loans and the Unit Loans  
3
03  
because Leeward is not the borrower. Mr. Davidson also states that it is illogical  
for the rates on the TGTFC Loans and Unit Loans to be so similar to the rate on the  
3
04  
TGTFC Notes given the additional collateral (the Man Notes) in Leeward.  
[227] Mr. Davidson provides an alternative methodology for computing the fair  
market value of the donation to TGTFC per LP Unit and the value of the “alleged”  
3
05  
economic benefits associated with the loans. These analyses adopt the following  
meaning of commercially reasonable and fair market value:  
For purposes of this report, our references to commercially reasonable and  
reasonable can be taken to mean the characterization of an aspect of an investment  
(such as the interest rate) as a range that is reflective of appropriate arm’s length  
market factors taking all relevant risks, benefits and responsibilities into  
consideration. A rate of return would be considered reasonable if it was  
commensurate with all of the risks an investor was exposed to in the investment.  
To the extent that the interest rates associated with these securities are deemed to be  
a reasonable return, then it would follow that the face value of the security would  
3
06  
also reflect its fair market value. . . .  
[228] Mr. Davidson uses two approaches (identified as Method A and Method B)  
to value the TGTFC Notes. Method A yields a value of $10,000 while Method B  
yields a value of $7,950.  
3
3
3
3
3
3
01  
02  
03  
04  
05  
06  
Sections 6.4 and 6.5 of the D&P Report.  
Section 6.6.2 of the D&P Report.  
Sections 6.6.4 to 6.6.5 of the D&P Report.  
Section 6.6.6 of the D&P Report.  
Sections 7 and 8 of the D&P Report. The word “alleged” is used in section 7.1.6 of the D&P Report.  
Sections 7.1.3 and 7.1.4 of the D&P Report.  
Page: 66  
[229] Method A assumes that the Man Notes have a value on the valuation day of  
$
2,575 but no future return. In effect, the $2,575 starting value of the Man Notes is  
treated as if it is put aside on the valuation day thereby reducing the amount at risk  
3
07  
under the TGTFC Notes from $10,000 to $7,425. To compensate for the fact that  
TGTFC does not have direct access to these funds, Mr. Davidson adds a scenario  
in which the $2,575 is discounted by 10%, increasing the principal at risk under the  
TGTFC Notes from $7,425 to $7,683. The no-discount and discount scenarios  
yield interest rates on the adjusted principal of the TGTFC Notes of 6.4% and  
3
08  
6
.18% respectively.  
[230] Mr. Davidson then compares these rates with the implied yield on 20-year  
Canadian government bonds (4.22%), the coupon rate associated with structured  
finance issues in late 2009 (rate of 5.5% to 6.5% based on certain assumptions,  
including an A credit rating for the TGTFC Notes), the posted and effective  
residential mortgage rates for 2009 (rate of 5.0% to 6.5% based on certain  
assumptions and extrapolations) and the implied rate for corporate bonds during  
December 2009 (rate of 5.87% to 6.56% based on Mr. Davidson’s credit rating of  
3
09  
A to AA+ for the TGTFC Notes). Mr. Davidson concludes on the basis of these  
rates that 5.5% to 6.5% is an appropriate range for the market rates available  
3
10  
during late 2009. Mr. Davidson then adds a callability discount of 0 to 5 basis  
points and an illiquidity discount of between 4.125% and 8.25%, which result in a  
3
11  
range of 5.82% to 7.22%. As the range computed for the adjusted principal of  
the TGTFC Notes (6.18% to 6.4%) falls within this range, the fair market value of  
3
12  
the TGTFC Notes is their face value of $10,000.  
[231] Method B disregards the Man Notes entirely and values the TGTFC Notes  
with regard only to the collateral provided by the Unit Loans and the TGTFC  
Loans (realized through Leeward’s loans to DT). To do this, the rate of 4.75% on  
the TGTFC Notes is compared to the market range determined under Method A of  
5
.5% to 6.5% and the net present value of the TGTFC Notes is computed on this  
basis. The net present value of the TGTFC Notes is then adjusted to reflect the  
callability discount range and illiquidity discount range determined under Method  
3
3
3
07  
08  
09  
Section 7.3.7 of the D&P Report.  
Section 7.3.11 of the D&P Report.  
Sections 7.3.12 to 7.3.54 of the D&P Report. Mr. Davidson observes in section 7.3.54 that a Baa1/BBB+ rating  
would yield a rate of 7.49%.  
3
3
3
10  
11  
12  
Sections 7.3.55 to 7.3.57 of the D&P Report.  
Sections 7.3.58 to 7.3.65 of the D&P Report.  
Sections 7.3.66 to 7.3.70 of the D&P Report.  
Page: 67  
A. The result is a fair market value for the TGTFC Notes in the range of $7,201 to  
3
13  
$
8,651, with a midpoint of $7,950.  
[232] Because Method B gives no weight to the Man Notes, Mr. Davidson  
concludes that the fair market value of the TGTFC Notes must significantly exceed  
the bottom end of the range:  
Our overall conclusion as to the fair market value of the Charity Note [TGTFC  
Notes] is that it is well in excess of $7,950 in a range that extends to $10,000 [per  
LP Unit]. If asked for a specific point estimate we would select an amount at or  
3
14  
towards the higher end of that range.  
[233] To value the economic benefits of the TGTFC Loans and the Unit Loans,  
Mr. Davidson compares the rates on those loans with Canadian government bonds  
of similar maturities (3.38%), 10-year fixed mortgage rates (5.5% to 7.0% after  
certain adjustments), implied interest rates on 10-year corporate bonds (6.23% to  
7
.23% after adjustments for a credit rating ranging from A to BBB), and an  
estimate of the interest rate on a 20-year loan to high-net-worth investors based on  
discussions with Canadian financial institutions and other available market data  
315  
rate of 6.29% to 7.66% based on an extrapolation from short-term rates).  
(
Mr. Davidson concludes that the rate on the TGTFC Loans and the Unit Loans is  
higher than the benchmark rates but is within a range of reasonability.  
Accordingly, the fair market value of the loans is their face amount, and no benefit  
3
16  
is received by the Participants as a result of these loans.  
[234] In preparing the analysis and opinions in the D&P Report, Mr. Davidson  
made the following assumptions in addition to specific assumptions in the body of  
the report:  
a)  
The financial and other information relied upon in completing our analysis, as  
referenced within this D&P Report, is accurate;  
b)  
The Lender conducted the necessary due diligence that it considered  
appropriate in assessing the creditworthiness of each Investor;  
c)  
The Unit Loans and Donation Loans [TGTFC Loans] issued by the Lender  
are full-recourse in nature;  
d)  
It was not anticipated that the Investors would repay the principal balance of  
their loans from the proceeds of their annual income;  
3
3
3
3
13  
14  
15  
16  
Sections 7.4.1 to 7.4.8 of the D&P Report.  
Section 7.2.8 of the D&P Report.  
Sections 8.1.1 to 8.3.11 of the D&P Report.  
Sections 8.4.1 to 8.4.4 of the D&P Report.  
Page: 68  
e)  
The fair market value of the Charity Note [TGTFC Notes] and the economic  
benefits associated with the Loans [Program Loans] did not change materially  
between July 1, 2009 and December 31, 2009;  
f)  
The security arrangements associated with the Charity Notes is [sic] as we  
have described. They maintain the primary claim over all of the assets of Leeward;  
g)  
There were no conflicts of interest between the Investors, Leeward, and the  
Charity in terms of how the funds associated with the Man Notes would be invested  
during the term of the Charity Note;  
h)  
The default rate observed on Prior EquiGenesis Programs is a reasonable  
proxy for the default rate anticipated in connection with the 2009 program;  
i)  
Permission to transfer the Charity Notes will not be unreasonably withheld by  
Leeward;  
j)  
Investors are unlikely to repay their Loans early which, in turn, means that  
Leeward is unlikely to call the Charity Notes; and  
k)  
The Investors who participated in the 2009 Program were of a reasonably  
comparable credit quality to the individuals who participated in the Prior  
3
17  
EquiGenesis Programs.  
3
18  
C. Position of the Appellants  
[235] The Appellants describe the Program as a self-contained structured finance  
investment program and gifting tax shelter marketed to high-net-worth individuals  
that was designed to perform within a projected range over its 20-year life. The  
Appellants submit that the Program was properly implemented, that each element  
was legally effective, that the Participants were fully at risk for the amounts  
borrowed to finance their donations to TGTFC, and that the charities chosen by the  
Participants to receive amounts from TGTFC have received and will continue to  
3
19  
receive substantial amounts of “income”.  
[236] The Appellants submit that the Minister’s reassessments of the Appellants to  
include income of the 2009 LP is wrong because the 2009 LP did not have any  
deemed income under subsection 12(9) of the ITA. The Appellants submit that the  
amount of income earned by the 2009 LP on the Linked Notes could not be known  
3
3
17  
18  
Section 10.1.1 of the D&P Report.  
The written submissions of the Appellants were 86 pages in length and the written submissions of the  
Respondent were 151 pages in length. Accordingly, the following summaries only touch on the highlights of these  
submissions.  
319  
The Appellants use the word “income” but it is unlikely that the amounts received by the charities from TGTFC  
were income” to those charities.  
Page: 69  
until the maturity of the Linked Notes, when the obligation to pay out under the  
Linked Notes crystallizes. Section 7000 of the ITR does not create interest income  
where none exists and does not require the recognition of phantom income based  
on the fluctuating value of Portfolio A and Portfolio B from time to time. The  
Appellant submits that amendments addressing “linked notes” proposed in the  
2
2
016 Federal Budget confirm that section 7000 does not impute income to the  
009 LP in the circumstances in issue in these appeals.  
[237] The Appellants submit that the interest on the Unit Loans and the Fees  
should be deductible even if no income is attributed to the 2009 LP in respect of  
the Linked Notes until the maturity of the Linked Notes.  
[238] The Appellants submit that the Participants had a reasonable expectation of  
gross income at the time they purchased LP Units even if that gross income would  
not be realized for many years and even if that income was in the form of a taxable  
capital gain on LP Units. Accordingly, on the basis of the decision of the Supreme  
Court of Canada in Ludco Enterprises Ltd. v. Canada, 2001 SCC 62, [2001] 2  
S.C.R. 1082 (“Ludco”), the Appellants were entitled to deduct the interest on the  
Unit Loans because the Unit Loans were borrowed money used for the purpose of  
earning income from a business or property and the interest was paid pursuant to a  
legal obligation to pay interest on the Unit loans.  
[239] The Appellants submit that the decision in Swirsky v. The Queen, 2013 TCC  
7
3, affirmed 2014 FCA 36, can be distinguished because in that case the Tax Court  
found that there was no evidence that the spouse of the taxpayer believed or  
expected, at the time she acquired the shares in issue, to earn dividend income  
from the shares. Here, the Appellants expected to hold the LP Units for the term of  
the Program and expected, on the maturity of the Linked Notes, to earn income on  
the LP Units that would assist in the payment of their Unit Loans.  
[240] The Appellants submit that, for the same reasons, the Minister was wrong to  
deny the deduction of the Fees.  
[241] The Appellants submit that the donation component of the Program  
complies with the ITA. Specifically, each of the Appellants had the intention to  
donate and did in fact donate money to TGTFC, which resulted in impoverishment  
by the amount donated, and none of the Appellants received any benefit from any  
person in exchange for the donation. The Appellants submit that the law does not  
require altruism and does not require that the donation be economically irrational  
in order for it to qualify as a gift. In addition, the fact that the Appellants may have  
Page: 70  
been motivated by the tax benefit resulting from their donations to TGTFC does  
not vitiate their intention to give.  
[
242] The Appellants submit that once the Appellants paid $10,200 per LP Unit to  
TGTFC the gift to TGTFC was complete. The requirement for TGTFC to invest  
8.04% of the amount received from the Appellants in the TGTFC Notes was  
9
designed to create an endowment fund or enduring gift. The Appellants submit that  
donors are entitled to require a charity to manage donated funds in a particular  
manner by requiring the charity to create an endowment fund from which only the  
income will be available for the charity’s use.  
[243] The Appellants submit that the direction to TGTFC to invest in the TGTFC  
Notes issued by Leeward did not result in a benefit to the Appellants. The 4.75%  
rate on the TGTFC Notes, while less than the rates on the Program Loans, was a  
fair market rate and the Respondent has the burden of proving otherwise.  
[244] The Appellants submit that the fair market value of the donations by the  
Appellants to TGTFC must be considered from the perspective of the Appellants at  
the time of the donations. Neither the common law nor subsection 248(32) entitles  
the Minister to substitute her judgment as to what a reasonable rate would have  
been, and it is sufficient that the rate on the TGTFC Notes was within a range of  
reasonable amounts. The testimony of Mr. Rosen and Mr. Davidson confirms that  
the interest rate on the TGTFC Notes was commercially reasonable and that the  
TGTFC Notes had a fair market value equal to their face value.  
[245] The Appellants submit that Mr. Johnson’s analysis of the rate on the TGTFC  
Notes was fundamentally flawed. In particular, the low end of the range was  
premised on the erroneous assumption that only the Man Notes would be available  
to repay the TGTFC Notes, does not reflect the risk inherent in the nature of the  
investment and results in the commercially absurd outcome that a shorter duration  
results in a higher internal rate of return (IRR). The high end of the range was  
based on an assessment of Leeward’s credit rating using the wrong methodology;  
Mr. Johnson was not qualified to opine on Leeward’s credit rating; and the US  
interest rates used to determine the discount rate are not indicative of Canadian  
rates because of differences with regard to inflation, monetary policy and exchange  
rates.  
[246] The Appellants submit that the facts in these appeals are distinguishable  
from those in Maréchaux v. The Queen, 2010 FCA 287 (“Maréchaux), Kossow v.  
The Queen, 2013 FCA 283 (“Kossow”) and The Queen v. Berg, 2014 FCA 25  
(
Berg”) because the TGTFC Loans are not shams, are full-recourse loans as  
Page: 71  
regards the Appellants and bear interest at a commercially reasonable rate, as  
confirmed by the evidence of Mr. Rosen and Mr. Davidson. In addition, TGTFC  
has a first priority security interest in the assets of Leeward, and the Appellants  
have subordinated their interests to that of TGTFC. Consequently, in contrast to  
the taxpayers in Maréchaux, Kossow and Berg, the Appellants are truly  
impoverished. The Appellants submit that this is confirmed by the fact that, by  
participating in the donation aspect of the Program, the Appellants substantially  
reduced the return they could otherwise have earned through the investment in the  
2
009 LP alone and assumed greater risk in the form of a second full-recourse loan.  
[247] The Appellants submit that their liability for the amounts payable under their  
Program Loans is not illusory and that to the date of these appeals any participant  
who has defaulted has been pursued and, if necessary, sued. The COM advised the  
Appellants of this liability. The Appellants submit that the Respondent has not  
established that any portion of the Program Loans is returned to the Appellants or  
is used to reduce the legal effect or economic impact of the Program Loans or that  
any circle is broken by the fact that TGTFC must be paid first by Leeward or by  
the fact that the amount payable under the Linked Notes on maturity may not be  
sufficient to pay the Program Loans.  
[248] Finally, the Appellants submit that the general anti-avoidance rule in section  
2
45 (the “GAAR”) cannot apply in respect of subsections 143.2(6.1), (7) and (12)  
because subsection 143.2(6) was not in force in 2009 but was enacted with  
retroactive effect in 2013. However, even if the GAAR can apply in such  
circumstances, the transactions in issue did not misuse or abuse subsections  
1
43.2(6.1), (7) or (12).  
D. Position of the Respondent  
249] The Respondent submits that, for one of four alternative reasons, the  
[
Appellants are not entitled to the non-refundable charitable donation tax credits  
claimed under section 118.1 in respect of amounts they transferred to TGTFC in  
2
009:  
1
.
The payments by the Appellants to TGTFC are not gifts for the  
purposes of section 118.1 of the ITA. The tax credit provided by section  
18.1 is intended to defray a portion of the economic cost of a gift but is  
1
not intended (i) to be a means by which a taxpayer can turn a profit from a  
donation, or (ii) to be used to facilitate, enhance or optimize a tax deferral  
arrangement. The payments by the Appellants to TGTFC were part of an  
interconnected series of transactions designed to provide cash-flow  
Page: 72  
benefits, were not voluntary, were not the result of any benefaction or  
detached and disinterested generosity and did not result in impoverishment.  
2
.
If the payments by the Appellants to TGTFC are gifts for the purposes  
of section 118.1 of the ITA, under subsection 248(31) the eligible amount  
of the gifts is nil. Under subsection 248(32) of the ITA, the eligible amount  
of a gift is reduced by the amount of the advantage, if any, in respect of the  
gift. The advantage in respect of the gifts of the Appellants exceeds the  
amount of the gifts so the eligible amount of the gifts is reduced to nil. The  
advantage to each of the Appellants includes the economic benefit of below  
market interest rates on the Program Loans as well as the principal amount  
of the Program Loans because the loans are limited-recourse debts in  
respect of the gifts under subsection 143.2(6.1) of the ITA.  
3
.
If the payments by the Appellants to TGTFC are gifts and the eligible  
amount of the gifts is not nil, no amount is included in the “total charitable  
gifts” of the Appellants because the receipts issued to the Appellants by  
TGTFC do not satisfy the requirements of subsection 118.1(2) of the ITA  
and subsection 3501(1) of the ITR. Paragraphs 3501(1)(h.1) and (h.2) of  
the ITR require the receipt to include a description of the advantage, if any,  
in respect of the gift and the amount of the advantage (paragraph  
3
501(1)(h.1)) and the eligible amount of the gift (paragraph 3501(1)(h.2)).  
The receipts issued by TGTFC did not include this information.  
4
.
If the payments by the Appellants to TGTFC are gifts, the eligible  
amount of the gifts is not nil and the receipts issued by TGTFC comply  
with subsection 118.1(2) of the ITA and subsection 3501(1) of the ITR, the  
non-refundable tax credits of the Appellants resulting from the gifts should  
be denied under the GAAR. The relevant transactions are avoidance  
transactions that result in abusive tax avoidance because they defeat the  
underlying rationale of subsection 118.1(3) of the ITA, circumvent  
subsection 143.2(7) in a manner that frustrates its object, spirit or purpose  
and achieve an outcome that subsections 143.2(7) and (12) are intended to  
prevent.  
[250] The Respondent further submits that each of the Appellants failed to include  
in income his or her share of the interest income that was deemed by subsection  
2(9) of the ITA and paragraph 7000(2)(d) of the ITR to accrue to the 2009 LP on  
the Linked Notes.  
1
Page: 73  
[251] Alternatively, the Respondent submits that if no interest is deemed by  
subsection 12(9) of the ITA and paragraph 7000(2)(d) of the ITR to accrue to the  
009 LP on the Linked Notes then the deduction from income claimed by the  
2
Appellants for interest payable on the Unit Loans should be denied because the  
Unit Loans are not borrowed money used for the purpose of earning income from a  
business or property.  
III. Analysis  
[252] I will address the issues raised in these appeals in the order set out above  
under the heading “Position of the Respondent”.  
A. The Transfers of Property by the Appellants to TGTFC Were Not Gifts  
(1) Introduction  
[253] The first position put forward by the Respondent is that the transfers of  
property by the Appellants to TGTFC were not gifts for the purposes of section  
18.1 of the ITA. The Respondent submits that the Appellants did not, and did not  
1
have the intent to, impoverish themselves. The Respondent further submits that the  
Appellants did not transfer the property by way of benefaction or “detached and  
disinterested generosity” and therefore lacked the liberal intent or animus donandi  
3
20  
to support the existence of a gift.  
[254] The Respondent also submits that the transfers of property to TGTFC were  
not voluntary. Specifically, while the Appellants voluntarily decided whether to  
participate in the TGTFC Program, the transfers of property to TGTFC by the  
Appellants were made pursuant to contractual obligations as part of a preordained  
series of transactions. In particular, as a condition of receiving the TGTFC Loan,  
the Appellants were required to execute a pledge under seal providing for the  
payment of $10,200 per LP Unit to TGTFC, which was in turn obligated to invest  
all but $200 of the funds in the TGTFC Notes.  
(2) The Guiding Principles  
[255] To address the Respondent’s first position, I have adopted the framework for  
the analysis of private law principles set out by the Supreme Court of Canada in  
Backman v. Canada, 2001 SCC 10, [2001] 1 S.C.R. 367 (“Backman”). In that case,  
320  
Paragraph 309 of the Respondent’s Written Submissions. The Respondent appears to use the word “benefaction”  
as meaning “benevolence”. However, benefaction refers to the act or consequence of giving and unlike benevolence  
does not address the mental state of the transferor or the reason for the transfer. See the discussion in footnote 345,  
infra.  
Page: 74  
the issue was whether there was a partnership under Canadian law. If there was,  
3
21  
the tax result sought by the appellant would be achieved.  
[256] The Court made the following statements regarding the use of private law  
concepts in the ITA:  
The term “partnership” is not defined in the Act. Partnership is a legal term derived  
from common law and equity as codified in various provincial and territorial  
partnership statutes. As a matter of statutory interpretation, it is presumed that  
Parliament intended that the term be given its legal meaning for the purposes of the  
Act: N. C. Tobias, Taxation of Corporations, Partnerships and Trusts (1999), at p.  
2
1. We are of the view that, where a taxpayer seeks to deduct Canadian partnership  
losses through s. 96 of the Act, the taxpayer must satisfy the definition of  
3
22  
partnership that exists under the relevant provincial or territorial law. . . .  
[257] The Supreme Court also addressed the distinction between motive and  
intention where the applicable private law looks at the intention of the taxpayer:  
A determination of whether there exists a “view to profit” requires an inquiry into  
the intentions of the parties entering into an alleged partnership. At the outset, it is  
important to distinguish between motivation and intention. Motivation is that which  
stimulates a person to act, while intention is a person’s objective or purpose in  
acting. This Court has repeatedly held that a tax motivation does not derogate from  
the validity of transactions for tax purposes: Shell Canada Ltd. v. Canada, [1999] 3  
S.C.R. 622; Canada v. Antosko, [1994] 2 S.C.R. 312; Stubart Investments Ltd. v.  
The Queen, [1984] 1 S.C.R. 536, at p. 540. Similarly, a tax motivation will not  
derogate from the validity of a partnership where the essential ingredients of a  
partnership are otherwise present: Continental Bank, supra, at paras. 50-52. The  
question at this stage is whether the taxpayer can establish an intention to make a  
profit, whether or not he was motivated by tax considerations. . . .  
.
. .  
.
. . to ascertain the existence of a partnership the courts must inquire into whether  
the objective, documentary evidence and the surrounding facts, including what the  
parties actually did, are consistent with a subjective intention to carry on business  
3
23  
in common with a view to profit.  
[Emphasis added.]  
321  
Paragraph 14 of Backman. The same approach to the relationship between the existence of the partnership and  
the result under the ITA was adopted in Spire Freezers Ltd. v. Canada, 2001 SCC 11, [2001] 1 S.C.R. 391.  
3
3
22  
Paragraph 17 of Backman.  
23  
Paragraphs 22 and 25 of Backman. With respect to the implications of a tax motive see also Walls v. Canada,  
002 SCC 47, [2002] 2 S.C.R. 684 at paragraph 22.  
2
Page: 75  
[258] The Supreme Court of Canada sets out four important principles in these  
statements. First, legal terms that are not defined in the ITA are to be given their  
meaning under private law unless a textual, contextual and purposive interpretation  
3
24  
indicates otherwise. This principle is adopted by the Federal Court of Appeal in  
The Queen v. Friedberg, [1992] 1 C.T.C. 1, 135 N.R. 61, 92 DTC 6031, relying on  
that court’s earlier decision in The Queen v. McBurney [1985] 2 C.T.C. 214, 62  
N.R. 104, 85 DTC 5433 (“McBurney”). In Friedberg, the Court stated (DTC  
6
032):  
The Income Tax Act does not define the word “gift”, so that the general principles  
of law with regard to gifts are utilized by the Courts in these cases. As Mr. Justice  
Stone explained in The Queen v. McBurney, 85 D.T.C. 5433, at p. 5435 [[1985] 2  
C.T.C. 214, at p. 218]:  
The word gift is not defined in the statute. I can find nothing in the context  
to suggest that it is used in a technical rather than its ordinary sense.  
Thus, a gift is a voluntary transfer of property owned by a donor to a donee, in  
return for which no benefit or consideration flows to the donor (see Heald J. in The  
Queen v. Zandstra, [1974] 2 F.C. 254, at p. 261 [[1974] C.T.C. 503, at p. 509, 74  
D.T.C. 6416, at p. 6420]). The tax advantage which is received from gifts is not  
normally considered a “benefit” within this definition, for to do so would render the  
charitable donations deductions unavailable to many donors.  
[Emphasis added.]  
[259] Second, the origin of the legal meaning will depend on the private legal  
concept involved. In this case, as in Backman, the law of gift is a matter within  
3
25  
provincial jurisdiction as it involves property and civil rights. This principle is  
3
26  
not explicitly addressed in Friedberg but has been addressed in other tax cases.  
3
24  
See, also, paragraphs 29 to 31 of Will-Kare Paving & Contracting Ltd. v. Canada, 2000 SCC 36, [2000] 1 S.C.R.  
15 (“Will-Kare”) and paragraph 60 of Neuman v. M.N.R., [1998] 1 S.C.R 770 (“Neuman”). In Will-Kare, the Court  
9
split 4 to 3 on the issue of whether to adopt the commercial law meaning or the ordinary meaning of “sale”. Justice  
Iacobucci, writing for the majority, chose the former approach, observing at paragraph 35:  
It would be open to Parliament to provide for a broadened definition of sale for the purpose of applying the  
incentives with clear language to that effect. Given, however, the provisions merely refer to sale, it cannot  
be concluded that a definition other than that which follows from common law and sale of goods legislation  
was envisioned.  
3
25  
The Constitution Act, 1867 allocates general jurisdiction over property rights to provincial governments under  
their exclusive authority under item 13 of section 92 to make laws in relation to “Property and Civil Rights.”  
326  
In The Queen v. Littler, [1978] C.T.C. 235, 20 N.R. 541, 78 DTC 6179 (FCA) (“Littler”), the majority applied  
the common law meaning of gift even though the transfer of property took place in Quebec and was governed by  
Quebec law. Chief Justice Jackett reasoned that the relevant provision of the ITA had to be applied consistently  
across Canada. See also Gervais v. The Queen, [1984] C.T.C. 661, 85 DTC 5004 (FCTD).  
Page: 76  
[260] Third, the fact that a taxpayer is motivated by tax considerations does not in  
and of itself vitiate the result under the applicable private law. This recognizes the  
wider principle that tax law is accessory to private law and that, absent a provision  
of the ITA to the contrary, the tax law is to be applied to the result under private  
law. In Will-Kare, Justice Iacobucci states this principle as follows:  
To apply a “plain meaning” interpretation of the concept of a sale in the case at bar  
would assume that the Act operates in a vacuum, oblivious to the legal  
characterization of the broader commercial relationships it affects. It is not a  
commercial code in addition to a taxation statute. Previous jurisprudence of this  
Court has assumed that reference must be given to the broader commercial law to  
give meaning to words that, outside of the Act, are well-defined. See Continental  
Bank Leasing Corp. v. Canada, [1998] 2 S.C.R. 298. See also P. W. Hogg,  
J. E. Magee and T. Cook, Principles of Canadian Income Tax Law (3rd ed. 1999),  
at p. 2, where the authors note:  
The Income Tax Act relies implicitly on the general law, especially  
the law of contract and property. . . . Whether a person is an  
employee, independent contractor, partner, agent, beneficiary of a  
trust or shareholder of a corporation will usually have an effect on  
tax liability and will turn on concepts contained in the general law,  
usually provincial law.327  
[
261] This principle is not commented on in Friedberg but is addressed by the  
Federal Court of Appeal in Côté v. R., 2000 CarswellNat 3211, [2000] F.C.J. No.  
805 (QL), 2000 DTC 6615 (Fr.)(“Côte”), where the Court affirmed the analysis of  
the Tax Court judge:  
1
.
[
. . Relying on the decision of this Court in The Queen v. Friedberg, 92 DTC 6031,  
the trial Judge] held that even though obtaining a tax advantage was the principal  
motivation of the respondents in this case, that did not nullify the donors intent to  
give. He also was of the view that obtaining a receipt from the charitable  
organization could not be viewed as consideration that would eliminate the  
gratuitous and liberal nature of the transaction. . . .  
In my view, the judge directed himself properly as to the legal principles that apply  
to this case. . . .  
[Emphasis added.]  
327  
Paragraph 31. Justice Iacobucci also notes at paragraphs 32 and 33 that “[r]eferring to the broader context of  
private commercial law in ascertaining the meaning to be ascribed to language used in the Act is also consistent with  
the modern purposive principle of statutory interpretation and “[t]he technical nature of the Act does not lend itself  
to broadening the principle of plain meaning to embrace popular meaning. The word sale has an established and  
accepted legal meaning.”  
Page: 77  
[262] The final principle is that, where subjective intention is an issue under the  
private law, that intention is to be determined with reference to the objective,  
documentary evidence and the surrounding facts, including what the parties  
actually did.  
(3) The Private Law relating to Gifts  
[263] The Appellants and TGTFC are located in Ontario and the transfer of  
property to TGTFC took place in Ontario, so it is necessary to consider the legal  
meaning of gift as it is understood in the common law provinces. The Ontario  
Court of Appeal addressed the meaning of the word “gift” in McNamee v.  
McNamee, 2011 ONCA 533 (“McNamee”):  
[
23] Although the term “gift” is not defined in the Family Law Act, a gift, generally  
speaking, is a voluntary transfer of property to another without consideration:  
Black’s Law Dictionary, 7th ed. (St. Paul, Minnesota: West Group, 1999), at p.  
6
96; Birce v. Birce (2001), 56 O.R. (3d) 226 (C.A.), at para. 17. A transfer of  
property by contractual agreement involves a mutual exchange of obligations  
“consideration”), but a transfer by way of gift involves a gratuitous, unilateral  
(
transaction: Mary Jane Mossman and William Flanagan, Property Law, Cases and  
Commentary, 2nd ed. (Toronto: Emond Montgomery, 2004), at p. 439. As  
McLachlin J. observed in Peter v. Beblow [1993] 1 S.C.R. 980, at p. 991-92, “the  
central element of a gift [is the] intentional giving to another without expectation of  
remuneration”.  
[
24] The essential ingredients of a legally valid gift are not in dispute. There must  
be (1) an intention to make a gift on the part of the donor, without consideration or  
expectation of remuneration, (2) an acceptance of the gift by the donee, and (3) a  
sufficient act of delivery or transfer of the property to complete the transaction:  
Cochrane v. Moore, (1890), 25 Q.B.D. 57 (C.A.), at p. 72-73; Mossman and  
Flanagan, supra, at p. 441, Bruce Ziff, Principles of Property Law, 5th ed.  
(Toronto: Carswell, 2010), at p. 157.  
[
25] Some authorities have sought to refine or qualify these elements in various  
ways, but they remain the substance of a valid gift. Here, the trial judge found two  
qualifications to be significant. First, he concluded, correctly, that the donor must  
divest himself or herself of all power and control over the property and transfer  
such control to the donee. Secondly, he concluded  incorrectly, in our view  that  
the intention of the donor must be inspired by affection, respect, charity or like  
3
28  
impulses and not by commercial purposes.  
328  
Paragraphs 23 to 25. McNamee has been cited as authority for the meaning of “gift” in several subsequent  
decisions of the Ontario Court of Appeal, including, most recently, Jansen v. Niels Estate, 2017 ONCA 312. As  
well, McNamee was cited by the British Columbia Court of Appeal for the meaning of “gift in V.J.F. v. S.K.W.,  
2
016 BCCA 186 at paragraph 49.  
Page: 78  
[264] Accordingly, for a transfer of property to be a gift, there must be (1) an  
intention to make a gift on the part of the donor, without consideration or  
expectation of remuneration, (2) an acceptance of the gift by the donee, and (3) a  
sufficient act of delivery or transfer of the property to complete the transaction.  
[265] The first requirement for a gift embodies the essential objective and  
subjective character of the transfer. The objective requirement is that the transfer of  
property must be gratuitous. The subjective requirement is that the transferor must  
intend the transfer of property to be gratuitous. Professor Hyland describes the  
common law requirement that the transfer be gratuitous as follows:  
In the common law, as Blackstone noted, gifts are always gratuitous. As an Indian  
commentator has written, “A gift is essentially a gratuitous transfer.” At least on  
one level, gratuitousness in the common law is easy to define. It involves a  
transaction without a valid legal consideration. “In fact, if there be a consideration  
the transaction is no longer a gift, but a contract.” This is the unanimous view of the  
3
29  
statutes, the case law, and the commentators.  
[Citations omitted.]  
[266] The Court in McNamee focussed on, among other things, whether  
consideration or remuneration flowed from the transferees to the transferor in  
exchange for the transfer of property. In the circumstances of that case, the Court  
concluded that the transferor did not receive consideration or remuneration for the  
transfer of shares to his children.  
[267] In Maréchaux, Kossow and Berg (collectively, the “Trilogy”), the Federal  
Court of Appeal considered whether the consideration (benefit) had to emanate  
from the transferee. In Kossow, the Court adopted the general approach taken in its  
decision in Maréchaux:  
In Maréchaux, this Court dealt with a leveraged charitable donation program that  
was strikingly similar to the program considered in this case, particularly in so far  
as a substantial part of the purported gift was funded by an interest-free loan  
provided by the promoters (who were not the donees) on terms that were part of a  
series of interconnected contractual arrangements. The Federal Court of Appeal  
adopted the well-known definition of a gift as set out in The Queen v. Friedberg, 92  
D.T.C. 6031 (F.C.A.) (Friedberg) for the purposes of section 118.1 of the Income  
Tax Act as  
329  
Richard Hyland, Gifts: A Study in Comparative Law (New York: Oxford University Press, 2009) at section 230,  
pages 135-136.  
Page: 79  
[
…] a gift is a voluntary transfer of property owned by a donor to a donee,  
in return for which no benefit or consideration flows to the donor (at 6032).  
In my view, Maréchaux stands for two propositions, as follows:  
(a) a long-term interest-free loan is a significant financial benefit to the  
recipient; and  
(
b) a benefit received in return for making a gift will vitiate the gift, whether  
330  
the benefit comes from the donee or another person.  
[268] In Kossow, the taxpayer argued that, for a gratuitous transfer of property to  
be precluded from being a gift, McNamee required any benefit in issue to flow  
from the donee rather than a third party. The Court rejected the taxpayer’s  
argument, as follows:  
I agree with the judge that McNamee did not purport to change the generally  
accepted definition of gift as set out in Friedberg. In McNamee, the Ontario Court  
of Appeal considered the arrangement between a father and a son and determined  
whether shares given by the father to a son in an estate freeze situation were as a  
result of any consideration being given to the father (the donor) from the son (the  
donee). The Ontario Court of Appeal in McNamee did not consider either a  
leveraged donation program or a situation where, through a series of interconnected  
transactions, a donor receives a significant benefit from a party other than the donee  
as part of an interconnected series of transactions that includes the purported gift.  
The result is that there is no conflict between the Federal Court of Appeal in  
Maréchaux and the Ontario Court of Appeal in McNamee, and there is no basis  
3
31  
upon which this Court should depart from Maréchaux.  
[269] Accordingly, pursuant to the decision in Kossow, a transfer of property is not  
gratuitous if a benefit flows to the transferee as part of an interconnected series of  
3
32  
transactions that includes the transfer of property. In my view, the transactions  
must be interconnected in a legal sense consistent with the Federal Court of  
Appeal’s observation at paragraph 24 of Kossow that the transactions in  
Maréchaux were interconnected contractual arrangements.  
(a) The Requirement for Donative Intent  
3
3
3
30  
31  
32  
Paragraphs 24 and 25.  
Paragraphs 31 and 32.  
In French et al. v. The Queen, 2016 FCA 64 (“French”), a decision addressing a motion to strike under paragraph  
3(1)(d) of the Tax Court of Canada Rules (General Procedure), Chief Justice Noël concludes, after reviewing  
5
Friedberg, Maréchaux, Kossow, Berg, McNamee and other cases, that in light of article 1810 of the Civil Code of  
Québec and sections 8.1 and 8.2 of the Interpretation Act, R.S.C. 1985, c. I-21, the question of whether the receipt  
of a benefit in respect of a transfer of property precludes the existence of a gift under section 118.1 in all cases has  
not necessarily been conclusively resolved.  
Page: 80  
[270] The Respondent correctly states that for a transfer of property to be a gift,  
the transferor must have the requisite donative intent. However, in my view, when  
the Respondent refers to a requirement for “detached and disinterested generosity”,  
the Respondent is misconstruing the role of donative intent and is incorrectly  
conflating donative intent and motive.  
[271] In order for there to be a gift, the transferor must objectively make a  
gratuitous transfer and must subjectively intend to make a gratuitous transfer.  
[272] Maréchaux and Kossow hold that a transfer of property is not gratuitous if a  
benefit flows to the transferee as part of an interconnected series of transactions  
that includes the transfer of property. If the transferor did not make a gratuitous  
transfer of property then, under the common law, there can be no gift and it is  
3
33  
generally not necessary to consider whether the transferor had donative intent.  
[273] The dual requirement of a gratuitous transfer of property and of donative  
intent addresses the fact that a gratuitous transfer may occur in circumstances  
where the transferor did not intend to permanently enrich the transferee. In Hu v.  
Li, 2016 BCSC 2131, Justice Macintosh observed:  
When one person gratuitously transfers property to another adult person, there is a  
general presumption that the recipient holds the property in trust for the other. That  
is because equity presumes bargains, not gifts. The transferor can use this ‘resulting  
trust’ to recover his or her property, unless the transferee can show that a gift was  
3
34  
intended.  
[274] Accordingly, the requirement for donative intent seeks to ensure that a  
gratuitous transfer was indeed intended by the transferor such that the transferor  
cannot call for the return of the transferred property.  
333  
One possible exception to this general statement is where on the face of the transaction there is consideration but  
the circumstances taken as a whole indicate that in fact no consideration or benefit was received by the transferor.  
For example, in Gray v. Barton, 55 N.Y. 68 (NYCA), the creditor Gray agreed to discharge the debtor’s trade debt.  
The debtor insisted on papering the transaction as a compromise in consideration of the payment of $1. The New  
York Court of Appeals reviewed the circumstances and concluded that the dollar was not payment for the  
compromise of the debt:  
No compromise of a disputed demand or of an admitted debt, upon payment of less than the amount, was  
talked of, agreed upon, or at all within the contemplation of the parties. That intention clearly was that the  
plaintiff should give the entire debt to the defendant, and that he should accept the same as a gift from him.  
The dollar was given, not in payment, but merely to satisfy defendant of its validity.  
334  
At paragraph 36. Similarly, in Dunnison Estate v. Dunnison, 2017 SKCA 40, the Saskatchewan Court of Appeal  
stated at paragraph 21:  
The modern view, which we favour, is that a resulting trust arises because the transferor “lacked donative  
intent and therefore the title holder has an equitable obligation to hold the property for the benefit of the  
transferor(Oosterhoff at 594). . . .  
Page: 81  
[275] The role of donative intent in the common law of gift is exemplified by  
cases such as Pecore v. Pecore, 2007 SCC 17, [2007] 1 S.C.R. 795 (“Pecore”),  
Peter v. Beblow, [1993] 1 S.C.R. 980 (“Beblow”), Thorsteinson Estate v. Olson,  
2
016 SKCA 134, St. Onge Estate v. Breau, 2009 NBCA 36, Spooner v. Webb  
(1951), 3 WWR (NS) 490 (Sask. C.A.) and Kinsella v. Pask (1913), 12 D.L.R 522  
(O.S.C. Appellate Division).  
[276] In Pecore, the Supreme Court of Canada addressed the question of whether a  
gratuitous transfer of funds from a parent to a child was a gift. Justice Rothstein  
stated at paragraph 5:  
While the focus in any dispute over a gratuitous transfer is the actual intention of  
the transferor at the time of the transfer, intention is often difficult to ascertain,  
especially where the transferor is deceased. . . .  
[277] Justice Rothstein goes on to review the presumptions of law that help guide  
the court in the resolution of the dispute. That analysis establishes that, if there is a  
gratuitous transfer of property to an unrelated person or an adult child and a  
dispute arises as to whether a gift was intended, the onus is on the transferee to  
3
35  
rebut the presumption of resulting trust on a balance of probabilities. If, on the  
other hand, there is a gratuitous transfer of property from a parent to minor child or  
from one spouse to the other, the onus is on the transferor to rebut the presumption  
of advancement on a balance of probabilities. With respect to the evidence of  
intent in the latter case, Justice Rothstein states:  
5
6
The traditional rule is that evidence adduced to show the intention of the  
transferor at the time of the transfer “ought to be contemporaneous, or nearly so”,  
to the transaction: see Clemens v. Clemens Estate, [1956] S.C.R. 286, at p. 294,  
citing Jeans v. Cooke (1857), 24 Beav. 513, 53 E.R. 456. Whether evidence  
subsequent to a transfer is admissible has often been a question of whether it  
complies with the Viscount Simonds’ rule in Shephard v. Cartwright, [1955] A.C.  
4
31 (H.L.), at p. 445, citing Snell’s Principles of Equity (24th ed. 1954), at p. 153:  
The acts and declarations of the parties before or at the time of the  
purchase, [or of the transfer] or so immediately after it as to  
constitute a part of the transaction, are admissible in evidence  
either for or against the party who did the act or made the  
declaration . . . . But subsequent declarations are admissible as  
evidence only against the party who made them . . . .  
335  
Paragraph 43.  
Page: 82  
The reason that subsequent acts and declarations have been viewed with mistrust by  
courts is because a transferor could have changed his or her mind subsequent to the  
transfer and because donors are not allowed to retract gifts. . . .  
5
7
Some courts, however, have departed from the restrictive and  
somewhat abstruse  rule in Shephard v. Cartwright. In Neazor v. Hoyle (1962),  
2 D.L.R. (2d) 131 (Alta. S.C., App. Div.), for example, a brother transferred land  
3
to his sister eight years before he died and the trial judge considered the conduct of  
the parties during the years after the transfer to see whether they treated the land as  
belonging beneficially to the brother or the sister.  
5
8
The rule has also lost much of its force in England. In Lavelle v. Lavelle,  
[
2004] EWCA Civ 223 (BAILII), at para. 19, Lord Phillips, M.R., had this to say  
about Shephard v. Cartwright and certain other authorities relied on by the  
appellant in that case:  
It seems to me that it is not satisfactory to apply rigid rules of law  
to the evidence that is admissible to rebut the presumption of  
advancement. Plainly, self-serving statements or conduct of a  
transferor, who may long after the transaction be regretting earlier  
generosity, carry little or no weight. [Emphasis added.]  
5
9
Similarly, I am of the view that the evidence of intention that arises  
subsequent to a transfer should not automatically be excluded if it does not comply  
with the Shephard v. Cartwright rule. Such evidence, however, must be relevant to  
the intention of the transferor at the time of the transfer: Taylor v. Wallbridge  
(1879), 2 S.C.R. 616. The trial judge must assess the reliability of this evidence and  
determine what weight it should be given, guarding against evidence that is self-  
serving or that tends to reflect a change in intention.  
[278] It is apparent from these comments that the concern with evidence of  
donative intent from the transferor is that the transferor may decide after the fact  
that a gift was not intended. This focus is explained by the simple fact that if there  
is a gratuitous transfer and the transferor is not challenging the existence of  
donative intent then there is no dispute as between the transferor and transferee  
over the nature of the transfer.  
[279] In Beblow, the Supreme Court of Canada addressed whether a claim for  
unjust enrichment was established by Catherine Peter, who had gratuitously  
provided domestic services to her spouse. Justice McLachlin (as she then was) for  
the majority identified the three requirements for such a claim as follows (at page  
9
87):  
.
. . An action for unjust enrichment arises when three elements are satisfied: (1) an  
enrichment; (2) a corresponding deprivation; and (3) the absence of a juristic reason  
for the enrichment.  
Page: 83  
[280] The first two elements of unjust enrichment are the hallmarks of any  
gratuitous transfer from one person to another. Consequently, it was necessary for  
Justice McLachlin to consider whether there was a juristic reason for the gratuitous  
transfer. One possible juristic reason was that the transfer was a gift. On this issue,  
Justice McLachlin stated (at pages 991-92):  
This Court has held that a common law spouse generally owes no duty at common  
law, in equity or by statute to perform work or services for her partner. As Dickson  
C.J., speaking for the Court put it in Sorochan v. Sorochan, supra, at p. 46, the  
common law wife “was under no obligation, contractual or otherwise, to perform  
the work and services in the home or on the land”. So there is no general duty  
presumed by the law on a common law spouse to perform work and services for her  
partner.  
Nor, in the case at bar was there any obligation arising from the circumstances of  
the parties. The trial judge held that the appellant “was under no obligation to  
perform the work and assist in the home without some reasonable expectation of  
receiving something in return other than the drunken physical abuse which she  
received at the hands of the Respondent.” This puts an end to the argument that the  
services in question were performed pursuant to obligation. It also puts an end to  
the argument that the appellant’s services to her partner were a “gift” from her to  
him. The central element of a gift at lawintentional giving to another without  
expectation of remunerationis simply not present.  
[Emphasis added.]  
[281] Justice McLachlin found that Catherine Peter had established an absence of  
donative intent, which meant that the gratuitous transfer of services was not a gift  
from her to her spouse.  
[282] In Garland v. Consumers’ Gas Co., 2004 SCC 25, [2004] 1 S.C.R. 629,  
Justice Iacobucci addresses the concern that, if the absence of a juristic reason  
requirement for a claim of unjust enrichment is open-ended, the transferor is faced  
with the impossible task of proving a negative. He addresses this by providing  
discrete categories of juristic reasons: a contract, a disposition of law, a donative  
3
36  
intent and other valid common law, equitable or statutory obligations. In so  
doing, he confirms that in Beblow the transferor established that the gratuitous  
transfer in issue was not accompanied by the intention to make a gratuitous transfer  
and therefore was not a gift.  
(b) The Role of Donative Intent in a Tax Appeal  
336  
At paragraph 44.  
Page: 84  
[283] The Appellants assert that there was a gratuitous transfer of property to  
TGTFC and that the gratuitous transfer was intended to be a gift. One might  
assume, on the basis of the foregoing cases, that if there was a gratuitous transfer  
of property from the Appellants to TGTFC the question of whether the Appellants  
had the requisite donative intent does not arise, as neither the Appellants nor  
TGTFC is challenging the nature of the transfer as a gift.  
[284] However, as this is an income tax case, the Minister can and does challenge  
the nature of the transfer from the Appellants to TGTFC by making assumptions of  
fact that the transfers were not gratuitous and that the Appellants lacked donative  
intent. This means that the Appellants must demolish the assumptions made by the  
Minister by presenting a prima facie case to the contrary. According to the Federal  
Court of Appeal in House v. The Queen, 2011 FCA 234 (at paragraph 30):  
.
. .  
4
.
Once the taxpayer has established a prima facie case, the burden then shifts to  
the Minister, who must rebut the taxpayer’s prima facie case by proving, on a  
balance of probabilities, his assumptions . . .  
5
.
If the Minister fails to adduce satisfactory evidence, the taxpayer will  
succeed.  
[285] With respect to donative intent, the Respondent seeks to require the  
Appellants to present a prima facie case to the effect that the Appellants made the  
transfers by way of benefaction and out of detached and disinterested generosity”,  
which the Respondent refers to in her argument as “liberal intent” or animus  
3
37  
donandi. In effect, the Respondent is requiring the Appellants to establish a  
prima facie case regarding their motives for transferring property to TGTFC.  
[286] In support of this position, the Respondent cites the comments of the Federal  
Court of Appeal in Berg:  
The Crown is entitled to succeed for a further reason. In my view, it was not open  
to the judge on this record to conclude that, at the time of the transfer of the  
timeshare units to Cheder Chabad, Mr. Berg had the requisite donative intent for  
the purposes of section 118.1 of the Act. In my view, Mr. Berg did not intend to  
impoverish himself by transferring the timeshare units to Cheder Chabad. On the  
contrary, he intended to enrich himself by making use of falsely inflated charitable  
gift receipts to profit from inflated tax credit claims. He consummated the “deal”  
337  
Paragraph 309 of the Respondent’s Written Submissions.  
Page: 85  
solely with that objective, and he acted from beginning to end in a manner intended  
3
38  
to achieve that result.  
[Emphasis added.]  
[287] In my view, the Court is not addressing Mr. Berg’s motive for transferring  
property but is simply observing that Mr. Berg lacked the intention to transfer  
property gratuitously because he consummated the “deal” in order to acquire  
falsely inflated tax receipts that he could use to his financial advantage. The lack of  
donative intent found by the Court follows from the fact that the transfer itself was  
not gratuitous but rather was for value because of the economic benefit that flowed  
3
39  
to Mr. Berg.  
[288] A review of the development of the concept of donative intent or animus  
donandi supports the view that donative intent does not require a particular motive  
for the gratuitous transfer of property.  
[289] Under classical Roman law, donation was a disposition for the benefit of  
somebody else, for which this other party was not expected to give any  
3
40  
recompense”. A donation could take many forms but, regardless of the form, a  
particular transfer was a donation only if the transfer was intended to confer a  
gratuitous benefit on the doneeif, as several texts put it, the donor acted animo  
3
41  
donandi.”  
[290] For a period of time, the law did move away from this classical definition. In  
the 6th century, Emperor Justinian codified a requirement for an altruistic  
3
42  
motive. However, according to Professor Zimmermann this requirement had  
been removed from the legal concept of gift by the 19th century (page 502):  
3
3
38  
39  
Paragraph 29.  
In The Queen v.Castro, 2015 FCA 225 (“Castro”), Justice Scott highlights the fact that Mr. Berg received value  
and intended to receive value from the scheme, as follows (at paragraph 42):  
. . The pretence documents [in Berg] had value since they were used by Mr. Berg to claim greater tax  
.
credits than those he was actually entitled to receive. Furthermore, this Court determined that on the facts  
of that case, it was not open to the judge to conclude that Mr. Berg had the requisite donative intent.  
Mr. Berg never intended to impoverish himself by transferring the timeshare units to the registered charity;  
on the contrary he wanted to enrich himself by making use of falsely inflated charitable gift tax receipts. In  
sum, Mr. Berg did not have the requisite donative intent for the purposes of section 118.1 of the Act.  
40  
Reinhard Zimmermann, The Law of Obligations: Roman Foundations of the Civilian Tradition (Oxford: Oxford  
3
University Press, 1996) at page 479. Professor Zimmermann discusses the history of gift law at length in chapter 16  
starting at page 477.  
3
3
41  
42  
Ibid. at pages 479 and 480.  
Zimmermann, page 496. At page 497, Professor Zimmermann describes the difficulties caused by using human  
motivations to define legal relationships:  
Page: 86  
.
. . The great writers of the 19th century had stripped it [donative intent] of any  
unrealistic implication of magnanimity and unselfishness. The donor, as Savigny  
had put it, may hope to gain, by way of his donation, some goodwill and affection  
which will in the long run bring him much greater advantages; he may make his gift  
out of mere vanity, in order to make others admire his wealth and generosity. In all  
these cases the transaction is a gift because the donor genuinely intends the other  
person’s enrichment, albeit only in order to achieve certain ulterior purposes.  
343  
291] This view of donative intent was clearly reflected in American law and in  
[
the law of other common law countries by the early 20th century. In Collector of  
Imposts (Vict.) v. Peers, [1921] H.C.A. 5; (1921), 29 C.L.R. 115 (“Peers”),  
3
44  
Australia’s highest court explicitly stated that benevolence is not a requirement  
for a gift:  
The phrase “the gift must be an act of benevolence or something akin to it” is not  
very precise, but if it means more than thisthat the donor must not receive  
consideration from the doneewe cannot accept it. There may be a good gift  
although no feeling of benevolence exists between donor and donee, a gift is no less  
a gift because by its means the donor intends to compass the moral or physical  
3
45  
destruction of the donee.  
[292] In its recent decision in McNamee, the Ontario Court of Appeal addresses  
donative intent and in so doing expressly rejects the notion that donative intent  
refers to the motive of the transferor:  
Respectfully, this analysis erroneously conflates intention with underlying  
motivation or purpose. They are not the same concepts and to treat them as such  
constitutes error in law. That Mr. McNamee Sr.’s primary purpose or motivation in  
transferring the shares was to underpin the estate freeze does not mean he did not  
intend to gift the shares in order to give effect to that purpose. Had the trial judge  
focussed on Mr. McNamee Sr.’s intention in relation to the transfer of the shares  
Pure altruism and unselfishness, of course, are much to be admired, but, regrettably, are rare in legal  
dealings. Human nature being what it is, “it is much more common for altruism to be somewhat impure”,  
and Justinian’s infusion of contemporary Christian ethics into the law was to throw up problems; purity of  
motive is an unhandy criterion for legal distinctions.  
343  
See, for example, W. W. Thornton, A Treatise on the Law Relating to Gifts and Advancements (Philadelphia: T.  
&
J. W. Johnson & Co, 1893) at pages 2 to 3 and 61 to 67. An excerpt from pages 2 to 3 is quoted in the definition  
of “gift” in the tenth edition of Black’s Law Dictionary.  
3
44  
Benevolence is to be distinguished from benefaction. Benevolence is a possible reason for a transfer of property  
whereas benefaction is the act of transferring property gratuitously.  
345  
This statement of the law was subsequently confirmed by the majority and the minority of the High Court of  
Australia in Collector of Imposts (Vict.) v. Cuming Campbell Investments Pty Ltd, [1940] H.C.A. 17, (1940), 63  
C.L.R. 619 (“Cuming Campbell”) at pages 629 and 644 C.L.R. Chief Justice Latham states in his dissent that a gift  
involves “benefaction and that this is not the same as “benevolence” (page 634 CLR). Other members of the High  
Court also describe a gift as involving benefaction. These cases are still cited in Australia for the meaning of gift:  
Roman Catholic Church Trust Corporation of the Archdiocese of Hobart v. Commissioner of State Revenue, [2012]  
TASSC 43 and Moffa v. Calabrese, [1997] SADC 102.  
Page: 87  
itself, rather than on his ultimate purpose or motivation in putting the estate freeze  
in place, he would have realized  on the evidence here  that Mr. McNamee Sr.  
did intend to gift the shares: the documentation to that effect (the Declaration of  
Gift) is clear; the fact that he did not sell the shares to the boys because they had no  
money  as noted by the trial judge above  reinforces the notion that the transfer  
was by way of gift; and there was no “consideration” in law, as we have earlier  
explained. The intention respecting the transfer of shares was to do so gratuitously.  
The transfer was part of the corporate structure putting the estate freeze in place.  
And the estate freeze was the ultimate motivation or purpose.  
Had he given effect to these distinctions, the trial judge would have recognized that  
Mr. McNamee Sr. had the requisite intention as donor to transfer the shares by way  
of gift.  
In his analysis, the trial judge relied upon a Superior Court decision, Traversy v.  
Glover (2006), 30 R.F.L. (6th) 372 which, in turn, at para. 39, cited the following  
statement as part of the definition of “gift” from Black’s Law Dictionary, 5th ed.  
(St. Paul, Minnesota: West Group, 1979):  
In tax law, a payment is a gift if it is made without conditions,  
from detached and disinterested generosity, out of affection,  
respect, charity or like impulses, and not from the constraining  
force of any moral or legal duty or from the incentive of  
anticipated benefits of an economic nature.  
We are not able to find this reference in later editions of Black’s. In any event, we  
are not persuaded that “inspired by affection, respect, charity, or like impulses” is  
the only type of donor intention that may found a valid gift – “the spirit of, say,  
cufflinks under the Christmas tree”, as the trial judge put it. Here, the intention to  
transfer the shares had a perfectly legitimate legal objective, namely, to underpin  
the corporate restructuring in the form of an estate freeze. To the extent that  
Traversy and the trial judge here are suggesting that for a gift to be valid the  
donor’s intention may only be motivated by altruism, we respectfully disagree. A  
transfer of property by way of gift may equally be motivated by commercial  
purposes provided the transfer is gratuitous, i.e., as McLachlin J. (as she then was)  
put it in Peter v. Beblow, supra, provided it involves “[the] intentional giving to  
3
46  
another without expectation of remuneration.”  
[293] In Leary v. Federal Commissioner of Taxation (1980), 32 A.L.R. 221  
(
Leary”), cited by the Federal Court of Appeal in McBurney, the Federal Court of  
Australia does state that a gift “ordinarily proceeds from a detached and  
disinterested generosity” . . .’”, citing Commissioner v. Duberstein, (1960), 363  
346  
McNamee, paragraphs 34 to 37. See also Lubberts Estate (Re), 2014 ABCA 216 at paragraph 32.  
Page: 88  
U.S. 278 which in turn cites Commissioner v. LoBue (1956), 351 US 243 (cited in  
3
47  
Duberstein) and Robertson v. United States (1952), 343 US 711.  
[294] In the cases cited in Leary, the United States Supreme Court was interpreting  
a section of the Internal Revenue Code (the “IRC”) that broadly defined gross  
3
48  
The section expressly excepted “[t]he value of  
income subject to taxation.  
3
49  
property acquired by gift, bequest, devise, or inheritance. In Duberstein, the  
Court introduces its analysis of whether the item received is a gift within the  
meaning of section 22 of the IRC as follows:  
The course of decision here makes it plain that the statute does not use the term  
“gift” in the common-law sense, but in a more colloquial sense. This Court has  
indicated that a voluntarily executed transfer of his property by one to another,  
without any consideration or compensation therefor, though a common-law gift, is  
not necessarily a “gift” within the meaning of the statute. . . .  
.
. .  
The Government says that this “intention” of the transferor cannot mean what the  
cases on the common-law concept of gift call “donative intent.With that we are in  
3
50  
agreement, for our decisions fully support this. . . .  
[Emphasis added.]  
[295] The United States Supreme Court in Duberstein clearly states that the US  
tax cases have departed from the common-law meaning of gift in favour of a  
colloquial meaning because the statutory context required that approach. This is  
3
51  
contrary to the approach required by section 118.1 as stated in Friedberg. In  
347  
Empirically speaking, it is not clear on what basis this statement can be made as the motivation for giving a gift is  
not something that is ordinarily disclosed. Regardless, Peers states that such motivations are not required for a  
gratuitous transfer to be a gift. Moreover, the Federal Court of Appeal in McBurney preferred the simple formulation  
of “gift adopted by Owen J. in Commissioner of Taxation of the Commonwealth v. McPhail (196768), 41 ALJR  
3
46 over what the Court referred to as the qualificationin Leary. In McPhail, Owen J. stated at page 347:  
But it is, I think, clear that to constitute a “gift”, it must appear that the property transferred was  
transferred voluntarily and not as the result of a contractual obligation to transfer it and that no  
advantage of a material character was received by the transferor by way of return.  
After reproducing the qualification in Leary which included the reference to a “detached and disinterested  
generosity”, the Federal Court of Appeal stated:  
Apart from this qualification (which I would not consider material) the approach taken by Owen,  
J. in the McPhail case has stood through the years and has found favour in the Trial Division of  
this Court in the Zandstra case.  
3
3
3
3
48  
49  
50  
51  
Section 22 of the IRC.  
Section 22(b)(3) of the IRC.  
At page 285.  
In Friedberg, the Court states that “the general principles of law with regard to gifts are utilized by the Courts in  
these cases”. This approach is consistent with the approach stipulated by the Supreme Court of Canada in Backman  
and Will-Kare.  
Page: 89  
addition, the Court in Duberstein does not reproduce the full context of the  
statements in LoBue and Robertson. For example, the Court in LoBue does not  
state that detached and disinterested generosity is a condition for a gift under  
section 22(b)(3) of the IRC but simply observes that there is no evidence of the  
detached and disinterested generosity which might evidence a ‘gift’ in the  
352  
statutory sense”. This says nothing more than that evidence of an altruistic  
motive may support donative intent as that term is understood for the purposes of  
section 22(b)(3) of the IRC.  
[
296] Given the statutory context and actual content of the comments of the United  
States Supreme Court in Duberstein, LoBue and Robertson, the reference to  
detached and disinterested generosity” in Leary is not in my view indicative of the  
meaning of donative intent for the purposes of section 118.1 of the ITA. Donative  
intent does not require the transferor to have a particular motive for making the  
transfer. Rather, donative intent simply requires that the transferor intended to  
transfer the property gratuitously.  
[297] Furthermore, in Backman, the Supreme Court of Canada holds that a tax  
motive does not alter the result under the private law and in Côté the Federal Court  
of Appeal holds that the motive of obtaining the benefit of the tax credit provided  
by section 118.1 does not disqualify a transfer of property from being a gift.  
[298] Finally, although they relate to the requirement that the transfer of property  
be gratuitous and not to the requirement for donative intent per se, Friedberg, Côté  
and other cases hold that the receipt of a tax credit because of a transfer of property  
3
53  
to a qualified donee does not disqualify that transfer from being a gift. Similarly,  
the receipt of a charitable donation tax receipt in respect of a transfer of property  
does not in and of itself constitute a benefit to the transferor even if the amount of  
3
54  
the receipt is inflated.  
3
3
52  
53  
At page 246. See also Robertson v. United States (1952), 343 US 711 at pages 713 and 714.  
The tax credit under section 118.1 is a financial benefit resulting from a gift to a qualified donee. However,  
disqualifying a gift because of the tax credit resulting from the gift is an absurd result and therefore is presumed not  
to have been intended by Parliament. To the extent that the private law of gift does disqualify a gratuitous transfer of  
property as a gift because of the receipt of the tax credit, a result which is far from clear, the meaning of “gift for  
the purposes of section 118.1 must be adjusted to implement the intention of Parliament by avoiding the absurdity:  
R. v. Monney, [1999] 1 S.C.R. 652 at paragraph 28. It is also worth noting that, if the tax credit did disqualify the  
transfer of property as a gift, the result would be circular since denial of the tax credit also removes the reason there  
is no gift.  
354  
Castro at paragraphs 43 to 48.  
Page: 90  
(4) Are the Transfers of Property From the Appellants to TGTFC Gifts  
Under the Common Law?  
(a) Are the Transfers of Property to TGTFC Gratuitous?  
[299] The evidence establishes that each of the Appellants transferred to TGTFC  
the face amount of $10,200 per LP Unit. The transfers were funded as to $10,000  
per LP Unit by the TGTFC Loans and as to $200 by the Appellants’ own cash. The  
Appellants did not receive anything directly from TGTFC in exchange for the  
transfers. TGTFC was required to use all but $200 of the amount transferred per  
LP Unit to acquire the TGTFC Notes. The Respondent submits that the latter  
requirement diminished the value of the property transferred to TGTFC because  
the interest rate on the TGTFC Notes is below the market rate.  
[300] The evidence also establishes, either directly or by reasonable inference, that  
the Appellants transferred $10,200 to TGTFC only because they participated in the  
3
55  
Program by purchasing a minimum of 10 LP Units in the 2009 LP and only  
because 98.04% of the amount transferred to TGTFC was funded by the TGTFC  
3
56  
Loans. In addition, I conclude from the totality of the evidence of the Appellants  
that the primary motive for the transfers of property to TGTFC was the receipt of  
3
57  
the tax credit under section 118.1.  
[301] In Maréchaux and Kossow, the Federal Court of Appeal held that in a  
structured arrangement such as the Program, where the transfer of property to the  
qualified donee is contractually tied to other arrangements, a benefit that flows to  
the transferor as a consequence of those other arrangements disqualifies the  
transfer of property from being a gift even if the person providing the benefit is not  
the qualified donee. The benefit must of course be an economic benefit such that it  
can be said that the transferor did not transfer the property gratuitously but rather  
in expectation of the benefit.  
[302] The Respondent submits that the pledge of the Appellants to make a  
payment to TGTFC and the payment itself were each part of a series of  
interconnected transactions preconceived to form a structured finance arrangement  
that was designed to provide the Participants with, among other things, cash-flow  
3
55  
A Participant had to purchase a minimum of ten LP Units in order to participate in the donation aspect of the  
Program.  
3
56  
None of the Appellants had made gifts of this magnitude in the past, and none of the Appellants had borrowed to  
make gifts in the past, other than in a structure similar to the Program.  
357  
I accept that at least some of the Appellants may have been gratified by the result for TGTFC but I find as a fact  
that that was not the primary motive for the transfer.  
Page: 91  
3
58  
benefits of “5 to 1 income tax deductions and credits to cash invested”. I take  
this to mean that the cash-flow benefits provided to the Appellants by the tax credit  
under section 118.1 and the interest deduction under paragraph 20(1)(c), as well as  
other smaller deductions from income, disqualify the transfers as gifts.  
[303] For the reasons already stated, the tax credit provided by section 118.1  
cannot be a benefit that disqualifies a transfer of property to a qualified donee from  
being a gift.  
[
304] The interest deduction under paragraph 20(1)(c) results from the Appellants  
359  
borrowing money to invest in the 2009 LP. In Kossow, the Federal Court of  
Appeal observed that the interest-free loan in issue in Maréchaux was provided  
on terms that were part of a series of interconnected contractual arrangements”  
and the Court viewed the loan to the taxpayer in Kossow in the same light. The  
loans in issue in those cases were advanced for the sole purpose of funding the  
transfers of property to the qualified donees and could be used for no other  
purpose.  
[305] Here, the legal arrangements provide that the principal amount of the Unit  
Loan is to be used to invest in the 2009 LP and the principal amount of the TGTFC  
Loan is to be used to fund the transfer of property to TGTFC. While it is true that  
the Appellants were required to participate in the 2009 LP Program in order to  
participate in the TGTFC Program, the Appellants were not required to participate  
in the TGTFC Program because of participation in the 2009 LP Program. In fact,  
one Participant chose not to participate in the TGTFC Program.  
[306] In my view, the investments in the 2009 LP and the loans used to fund those  
investments are sufficiently separate from the transfers of property to TGTFC to  
make it possible to conclude that any benefit from the former was not a benefit  
received in respect of the transfers of property to TGTFC. The close connection  
between the loans and the transfers of property that existed in Maréchaux and  
Kossow simply does not exist between the investments in the 2009 LP and the Unit  
Loans used to fund those investments.  
[307] The Respondent also submitted that the transactions taken as a whole were  
circular and that benefits flowed to the Appellants because their money was, in  
economic terms, returned to them through the circular structure. In my view, that  
argument ignores the legal effect of the separate transactions, contrary to Shell  
3
3
58  
59  
Paragraph 311 of the Respondent’s Written Submissions.  
I assume for the purpose of this analysis that the interest payable to FT is deductible under paragraph 20(1)(c) of  
the ITA.  
Page: 92  
Canada Limited v. Canada, [1999] 3 S.C.R. 622 and Singleton v. Canada, 2001  
SCC 61, [2001] 2 S.C.R. 1046. Consistent with those cases, the results in  
Maréchaux and Kossow derived from the Federal Court of Appeal’s view of the  
contractual arrangements and not from an economic substance over legal form  
analysis.  
[308] This leaves only the possibility that the Appellants received a benefit  
because of the TGTFC Loans. Under the terms of those loans, the Appellants were  
required to pay 7.85% per annum, of which 3.75% was funded by the Appellants  
from their own resources and the balance was funded by further advances from FT.  
[309] The expert witnesses are divided on whether the TGTFC Loans resulted in  
benefits to the Appellants.  
[310] Mr. Johnson states that the TGTFC Loans are not commercially reasonable  
debt instruments and that the interest rate on those loans should be between 10%  
and 14%. On the other hand, Mr. Rosen and Mr. Davidson state that the interest  
rate on the TGTFC Loans is within the range of commercial reasonability. In fact,  
after comparing various possible benchmarks, Mr. Davidson concludes that the  
7
.85% interest rate is slightly higher than the benchmarks.  
[311] I have considered the expert evidence and I am inclined to agree with  
Mr. Johnson that the TGTFC Loans are not commercially reasonable debt  
instruments. I find it especially difficult to believe that an arm’s length commercial  
lender in the same circumstances would lend such significant amounts, which  
accumulate over 9 years to become even larger amounts, at a rate that is only  
3
60  
roughly 1% above the rate on a 10-year residential mortgage.  
[312] While I understand the Appellants’ position that the Appellants are high net  
worth individuals with substantial incomes and that the risk associated with the  
TGTFC Loans (and the Unit Loans) must be judged in that light, I would at least  
expect extremely thorough vetting of each Appellant by FT in order to establish the  
creditworthiness of the Appellants. Further, since the amount owed to FT increases  
significantly each year, I would expect FT to require at least annual updates of the  
financial position of the Participants.  
[313] Instead, the evidence of Mr. Gordon is that FT did not perform credit checks  
at all for the first two closings and did not perform credit checks at the time of the  
360  
Mr. Rosen and Mr. Davidson referred to unpublished discounted mortgage rates as well as to published mortgage  
rates. In my view, in the circumstances the appropriate benchmark is the published rates.  
Page: 93  
3
61  
additional advances in 2010 and 2011. Moreover, Mr. Gordon’s evidence that  
FT performed credit checks for the closings after October 31, 2009 is hearsay as  
Mr. Gordon conceded that he had no personal knowledge of the issue and was not  
3
62  
able to provide documentary proof of credit checks. I have no evidence at all  
from FT regarding the loans as no one with direct knowledge of FT and its  
activities testified.  
[314] In addition, the credit application forms provided FT with ranges of income  
and assets instead of hard numbers and the Appellants, including Mr. Gordon, took  
a liberal view of what should and should not be disclosed as liabilities. In my view,  
a lender in these circumstances would require detailed information to support the  
creditworthiness of the Appellants, and not ranges, and would require full  
disclosure of all liabilities, not just those liabilities the borrower chooses to  
disclose. The explanation by some of the Appellants that EquiGenesis knew their  
financial situation vis-à-vis other programs is inconsistent with the position of the  
Appellants that FT is an independent, arm’s length lender acting in a commercially  
reasonable manner.  
[315] The Appellants did pledge their LP Units as security for their TGTFC Loans  
and Unit Loans and the TGTFC Loans did take priority over the Unit Loans.  
However, the evidence is that there was no market for the LP Units and therefore it  
would be difficult for FT to realize on the LP Units in the event of a default. In any  
event, since any payment arising from the LP Units was (save for the unknown  
value of the Man Notes in 9 years) ultimately dependent on the repayment of the  
Program Loans, the LP Units did not provide security for the Program Loans that  
could reasonably be considered a proxy for a mortgage on a home.  
[316] In the circumstances, I conclude that a commercially reasonable interest rate  
on the TGTFC Loans would be no less than the bottom end of Mr. Johnson’s  
3
63  
range, which is 10%. On the basis of this rate, Mr. Johnson calculated a benefit  
per LP Unit of $1,475 for the 9-year term of the TGTFC Loans.  
[317] Accordingly, the transfer of property by the Appellants to TGTFC was not  
gratuitous and that transfer cannot be considered a gift under the common law. In  
reaching this conclusion, I am cognizant of the Federal Court of Appeal’s  
observations in French regarding the open question surrounding split gifts. In  
3
3
3
61  
62  
63  
Lines 2 to 27 of page 324 and lines 4 to 20 of page 405 of the Transcript.  
Lines 23 to 27 of page 404, lines 27 to 28 of page 320 and lines 1 to 8 of page 321 of the Transcript.  
To be clear, even if I accept Mr. Gordon’s hearsay testimony regarding FT’s vetting of the creditworthiness of  
the Participants, I view 10% as the minimum interest rate that would be charged by a commercially prudent lender  
in the circumstances. Also, I do not accept as relevant more recent evidence of the creditworthiness of the  
Appellants as that evidence does not address the circumstances in 2009 when the Program Loans were advanced.  
Page: 94  
my view, the Court is simply observing that there may be circumstances where a  
transferor transfers property to a qualified donee in a manner that in fact involves  
3
64  
two transfers: one for consideration and one made gratuitously.  
b) Did the Appellants have the Requisite Donative Intent?  
318] In light of my conclusion that the transfer of property by the Appellants to  
(
[
TGTFC was not gratuitous, it is not necessary for me to consider whether the  
Appellants had donative intent (i.e., the intent to transfer the property to TGTFC  
3
65  
gratuitously). As the discussion above illustrates, donative intent is generally  
only relevant where there has been a gratuitous transfer but the transferor’s  
intention to make a gratuitous transfer is called into question.  
(
c) Are the Transfers of Property Gifts for the Purposes of the ITA  
Because of Subsection 248(30)?  
366  
319] The amendments to the ITA addressing gifts included in Bill C-48 were  
[
not in issue in the Trilogy. These amendments were assented to on June 26, 2013  
and apply, with limited exceptions, in respect of gifts and monetary contributions  
made after December 20, 2002.  
[
2
320] The Respondent acknowledges that, following the enactment of subsections  
48(30) to (41) of the ITA, it is no longer the case that the receipt of a benefit in  
respect of a transfer of property to a qualified donee automatically precludes the  
3
67  
existence of a gift under section 118.1 of the ITA.  
[321] Subsections 248(30) to (32) state:  
(30) The existence of an amount of an advantage in respect of a transfer of property  
does not in and by itself disqualify the transfer from being a gift to a qualified  
donee if  
(a) the amount of the advantage does not exceed 80% of the fair market value  
of the transferred property; or  
364  
It appears that the civil law characterizes a gift as a form of contract, which permits the receipt of partial  
consideration.  
365  
This is not a case like that addressed by the New York Court of Appeals in Gray v. Barton, supra, where all  
circumstances, including the clear intention of the transferor to transfer the subject property gratuitously, led to the  
conclusion that the $1 paid by the transferee for the transfer was not consideration for the transfer.  
3
66  
Bill C-48, An Act to amend the Income Tax Act, the Excise Tax Act, the Federal-Provincial Fiscal Arrangements  
st  
Act, the First Nations Goods and Services Tax Act and related legislation, 1 Sess., 41st Parl., 2013 (assented to  
June 26, 2013); S.C. 2013, c.34.  
367  
This may also be the case where the law of Quebec applies to the transfer of property: see French at  
paragraph 27.  
Page: 95  
(b) the transferor of the property establishes to the satisfaction of the Minister  
that the transfer was made with the intention to make a gift.  
(31) The eligible amount of a gift or monetary contribution is the amount by which  
the fair market value of the property that is the subject of the gift or monetary  
contribution exceeds the amount of the advantage, if any, in respect of the gift or  
monetary contribution.  
(32) The amount of the advantage in respect of a gift or monetary contribution by a  
taxpayer is the total of  
(a) the total of all amounts, other than an amount referred to in paragraph (b),  
each of which is the value, at the time the gift or monetary contribution is  
made, of any property, service, compensation, use or other benefit that the  
taxpayer, or a person or partnership who does not deal at arm’s length with  
the taxpayer, has received, obtained or enjoyed, or is entitled, either  
immediately or in the future and either absolutely or contingently, to receive,  
obtain, or enjoy  
(i) that is consideration for the gift or monetary contribution,  
(ii) that is in gratitude for the gift or monetary contribution, or  
(iii) that is in any other way related to the gift or monetary contribution,  
and  
(b) the limited-recourse debt, determined under subsection 143.2(6.1), in  
respect of the gift or monetary contribution at the time the gift or monetary  
contribution is made.  
[322] Under paragraph 248(30)(a), the existence of an amount of an advantage in  
respect of a transfer of property to a qualified donee does not disqualify the  
transfer as a gift, provided the amount of the advantage does not exceed 80% of the  
fair market value of the transferred property. If the amount of the advantage is  
greater than the 80% limit then the transferor must establish to the satisfaction of  
the Minister that the transfer was made with the intention to make a gift.  
[323] Subsection 248(31) provides that the amount of a gift or monetary  
contribution is the fair market value of the property that is the subject of the gift or  
monetary contribution less the amount of the advantage. Subsection 248(32)  
determines the amount of the advantage in respect of a gift or monetary  
contribution by a taxpayer.  
Page: 96  
[
324] It appears that the phrase “monetary contribution refers to contributions  
3
68  
under the Canada Elections Act. Since these appeals do not involve monetary  
contributions, I will limit my analysis to gifts.  
[325] There is a degree of circularity in subsections 248(30) and (32). Specifically,  
to determine whether a transfer of property is “saved by subsection 248(30), it is  
necessary to determine the amount of the advantage in respect of the transfer of  
property. However, subsection 248(32) determines the amount of an advantage in  
respect of a gift but not in respect of a transfer of property.  
[326] A strictly textual interpretation would suggest that a transfer of property that  
is not a gift because of an associated benefit to the transferor will never have an  
amount of an advantage for the purposes of subsection 248(30) and will always be  
saved by that subsection. On the other hand, a transfer of property that is a gift can  
have an amount or advantage in respect of the transfer but never needs to be saved  
because it is already a gift. That is an absurd result and is therefore assumed not to  
have been intended by Parliament.  
[
(
327] The context of the provisions strongly suggests that subsections 248(30) to  
41) are intended to work together and to function as a cohesive whole. The  
manifest purpose of these provisions is to limit the tax credit under subsection  
18.1 or the deduction under section 110.1 for transfers of property to qualified  
donees where the economic cost of the transfer to the transferor is directly or  
1
3
69  
indirectly reduced. However, where an amount of an advantage in respect of a  
transfer of property is also responsible for the transfer not being a gift under the  
3
70  
applicable private law, the transfer will remain a gift provided the offset is 80%  
or less of the fair market value of the transferred property or the Minister is  
convinced that the transferor intended to make a gift.  
[328] Taking these considerations into account, a sensible interpretation of  
subsections 248(30) and (32) is that one must assume that a transfer of property is  
a gift under private law for the purpose of determining the amount of the advantage  
in respect of that gift under subsection 248(32). The amount of the advantage in  
turn determines whether the 80% threshold in paragraph 248(30)(a) is or is not  
exceeded.  
3
68  
Subsection 2(1) of the Canada Elections Act and subsections 127(3) and (4.1), 230.1(1) and paragraph (b) of the  
definition of “gifting arrangement” in subsection 237.1(1) of the ITA.  
369  
For example, where the amount of an advantage is received, obtained or enjoyed by a person or partnership that  
is not dealing at arm’s length with the transferor.  
370  
The description of “the amount of the advantage” in subsection 248(32) is broad and includes advantages that  
would not necessarily disqualify a transfer of property from being a gift under private law. An obvious example of  
such an advantage is a loan that is a “limited-recourse debt”.  
Page: 97  
[329] If the 80% threshold is exceeded and the requirement in paragraph  
2
48(30)(b) is not satisfied, the exception provided by subsection 248(30) does not  
apply to the transfer of property and only the private law will determine the  
character of the transfer. If the 80% threshold is not exceeded or the requirement in  
paragraph 248(30)(b) is satisfied, then a transfer of property that is not a gift under  
private law because of the existence of an amount of an advantage in respect of the  
transfer will be considered a gift for the purposes of the ITA.  
[
2
330] In either case, if there is a gift for the purposes of the ITA, subsection  
48(31) and the other applicable rules will then determine the eligible amount of  
the gift.  
[331] Applying this interpretation, one sees that the TGTFC Loans are related to  
the transfers of property by the Appellants to TGTFC because the loans were  
applied for by the Appellants and were advanced to the Appellants solely for the  
purpose of funding those transfers. Consequently, under paragraph 248(32)(a), the  
amount of the advantage in respect of the transfers of property by the Appellants to  
TGTFC would include the value of any benefit resulting from those loans  
determined at the time of the transfers of property. In addition, if the TGTFC  
Loans of the Appellants are “limited-recourse debt” under subsection 143.2(6.1),  
the principal amount of those loans would be included in the amount of the  
advantage in respect of the transfers of property to TGTFC.  
[332] It is not entirely clear which advantages are to be considered when applying  
the 80% threshold in paragraph 248(30)(a) to a particular transfer of property.  
Subsection 248(32) describes “the amount of the advantage broadly and some of  
the items described (such as “limited-recourse debt determined under subsection  
1
43.2(6.1)) may not be considered to disqualify the transfer of property as a gift  
under the private law.  
[333] There are two possible interpretations of subsection 248(30). Under the first  
interpretation, only those advantages that disqualify the transfer of property as a  
gift under the private law are considered in determining whether the 80% threshold  
in paragraph 248(30)(a) is exceeded. Under the second interpretation, the total of  
the items described in subsection 248(32) is included in determining whether the  
8
0% threshold in paragraph 248(30)(a) is exceeded even if some of the items  
described in subsection 248(32) did not disqualify the transfer of property as a gift  
under the private law.  
[334] In my view, the text of subsection 248(30) supports the first interpretation.  
Subsection 248(30) provides an exception to the private law in circumstances  
Page: 98  
where the “existence of an amount of an advantage” would otherwise disqualify a  
transfer of property as a gift. The exception applies if the amount of the advantage  
described in the opening words does not exceed 80% of the fair market value of the  
transferred property. The reference to “the advantage” in paragraph 248(30)(a) is a  
reference to the advantage described in the introductory words of the subsection –  
that is, the advantage that disqualified the gift under the private law  not to the  
broader term in subsection 248(32).  
[335] This interpretation is supported by the technical notes which state:  
For the transfer of property to qualify as a gift, it is necessary that the transfer be  
voluntary and with the intention to make a gift. At common law, where the  
transferor of the property has received any form of consideration or benefit, it is  
generally presumed that such an intention is not present. New subsection 248(30) of  
the Act, which applies in respect of transfers of property after December 20, 2002  
to qualified donees (such as registered charities), allows the opportunity to rebut  
this presumption. New paragraph 248(30)(a) provides that the existence of an  
amount of an advantage to the transferor will not necessarily disqualify the transfer  
from being a gift if the amount of the advantage does not exceed 80% of the fair  
3
71  
market value of the transferred property.  
[336] The first interpretation of subsection 248(30) maintains the purpose of the  
provision - to allow as gifts transfers of property otherwise disqualified under the  
common law - without adversely impacting the determination of the eligible  
amount of such gifts under subsection 248(31).  
[337] The amount of the advantage that is responsible for the disqualification of  
the Appellants’ transfers of property to TGTFC as gifts under private law is the  
benefit received under the TGTFC Loans. That benefit is estimated by Mr. Johnson  
to be $1,475 per LP Unit. This amount is to be compared to the fair market value  
of the transferred property, which is in dispute and requires consideration of the  
expert evidence.  
[
338] Mr. Johnson opines that the TGTFC Notes have a fair market value in the  
372  
range of $2,889 to $5,249 per LP Unit. Since the other experts opine that the  
TGTFC Notes have a higher value and the 80% test is not failed at Mr. Johnson’s  
value, I conclude that the benefit associated with the TGTFC Loans to the  
3
71  
Explanatory Notes Relating to the Income Tax Act, the Excise Tax Act and Related Legislation, Part 5 - Other  
Amendments to the Income Tax Act and Related Legislation and Regulations - Income Tax Act released on October  
4, 2012 as part of the Notice of Ways and Means Motion and Explanatory Notes to Implement Technical  
Amendments to the Income Tax Act, Excise Tax Act and Related Legislation.  
2
372  
In addition, the Appellants transferred a further $200 per LP Unit funded from their own resources.  
Page: 99  
Appellants does not exceed the 80% threshold in paragraph 248(30)(a) of the ITA.  
Accordingly, the transfers of property by the Appellants to TGTFC are gifts for the  
purposes of the ITA because they are saved by subsection 248(30).  
B. The Eligible Amount of the Gifts Is Nil  
[339] The Respondent submits that, even if the transfers of property by the  
Appellants to TGTFC are gifts because of paragraph 248(30)(a) of the ITA, the  
eligible amount of the gifts is nil.  
[340] The Respondent submits that the Program Loans are “limited-recourse debt”  
as determined under subsection 143.2(6.1) at the time the gifts were made.  
Subsections 143.2(6.1), (7), (8) and (12) state:  
(6.1) Limited-recourse debt in respect of a gift or monetary contribution  The  
limited-recourse debt in respect of a gift or monetary contribution of a taxpayer, at  
the time the gift or monetary contribution is made, is the total of  
(a) each limited-recourse amount at that time, of the taxpayer and of  
all other taxpayers not dealing at arm’s length with the taxpayer, that  
can reasonably be considered to relate to the gift or monetary  
contribution,  
(b) each limited-recourse amount at that time, determined under this  
section when this section is applied to each other taxpayer who deals  
at arm’s length with and holds, directly or indirectly, an interest in the  
taxpayer, that can reasonably be considered to relate to the gift or  
monetary contribution, and  
(c) each amount that is the unpaid amount at that time of any other  
indebtedness, of any taxpayer referred to in paragraph (a) or (b), that  
can reasonably be considered to relate to the gift or monetary  
contribution if there is a guarantee, security or similar indemnity or  
covenant in respect of that or any other indebtedness.  
(7) Repayment of indebtedness For the purpose of this section, the unpaid  
principal of an indebtedness is deemed to be a limited-recourse amount unless  
(a) bona fide arrangements, evidenced in writing, were made, at the  
time the indebtedness arose, for repayment by the debtor of the  
indebtedness and all interest on the indebtedness within a reasonable  
period not exceeding 10 years; and  
(b) interest is payable at least annually, at a rate equal to or greater  
than the lesser of  
Page: 100  
(i) the prescribed rate of interest in effect at the time the  
indebtedness arose, and  
(ii) the prescribed rate of interest applicable from time to time  
during the term of the indebtedness,  
and is paid in respect of the indebtedness by the debtor no later  
than 60 days after the end of each taxation year of the debtor  
that ends in the period.  
(8) Limited-recourse amount For the purpose of this section, the unpaid  
principal of an indebtedness is deemed to be a limited-recourse amount of a  
taxpayer where the taxpayer is a partnership and recourse against any member of  
the partnership in respect of the indebtedness is limited, either immediately or in  
the future and either absolutely or contingently.  
.
. .  
(12) Series of loans or repayments  For the purpose of paragraph (7)(a), a debtor  
is considered not to have made arrangements to repay an indebtedness within 10  
years where the debtor’s arrangement to repay can reasonably be considered to be  
part of a series of loans or other indebtedness and repayments that ends more than  
1
0 years after it begins.  
[341] The Respondent submits that the Program Loans can reasonably be  
considered to relate to the gifts by the Appellants to TGTFC and are deemed to be  
limited-recourse amounts because:  
1
.
There were no bona fide arrangements evidenced in writing for  
repayment by the debtor of the indebtedness and all interest on the  
indebtedness within a reasonable period of time not exceeding 10 years:  
paragraph 143.2(7)(a) of the ITA.  
2
.
In the alternative, the Appellants are deemed not to have made  
arrangements to repay the loans within 10 years because the Appellants’  
arrangements to repay are part of a series of loans or other indebtedness and  
repayments that ends more than 10 years after it begins: subsection 143.2(12)  
of the ITA.  
3
.
In the further alternative, the annual interest in respect of the loans was  
not paid by each Appellant no later than 60 days after the end of each taxation  
3
73  
year.  
373  
Paragraph 146 of the Respondent’s Written Submissions.  
Page: 101  
[342] The first argument is based on the position that the arrangements for the  
repayment of the Program Loans were not bona fide arrangements as required by  
paragraph 143.2(7)(a) of the ITA. Paragraph 143.2(7)(a) is part of a series of rules  
in section 143.2 which place limits on the use of leverage and amounts that are not  
at risk” to increase tax expenditures or tax credits.  
[343] The Oxford English Dictionary (2nd ed.) defines bona fide as meaning In  
good faith, with sincerity; genuinely”. When it is used to qualify a noun, as here,  
the definition is “Acting or done in good faith; sincere, genuine”. Of course, the  
context of the phrase “bona fide arrangements” and the purpose of the provisions  
in which the phrase is found must also be taken into account in interpreting the  
3
74  
phrase.  
[344] A straightforward interpretation of the text is that the arrangements to repay  
the Program Loans must be entered into in good faith and must be genuine. The  
context and purpose of the text suggest to me that Parliament wanted more than  
just legally enforceable arrangements when it used the phrase bona fide to qualify  
the nature of the arrangements.  
[345] In my view, the phrase bona fide speaks to the fundamental character of the  
arrangements and requires that the arrangements reflect what one would  
reasonably expect arm’s length commercial relations to look like in the  
circumstances. Simply pointing to pieces of paper as evidence of binding legal  
obligations to repay the debt  even if the authenticity of the pieces of paper is not  
in issue  is not sufficient to establish that there are bona fide arrangements for the  
3
75  
purposes of paragraph 143.2(7)(a) of the ITA.  
374  
In Canada Trustco Mortgage Co. v. Canada, 2005 SCC 54, [2005] 2 S.C.R. 601 (Trustco), the Supreme Court of  
Canada stated (at paragraph 10):  
It has been long established as a matter of statutory interpretation that the words of an Act are to be read in  
their entire context and in their grammatical and ordinary sense harmoniously with the scheme of the Act,  
the object of the Act, and the intention of Parliament”: see 65302 British Columbia Ltd. v. Canada, [1999]  
3
S.C.R. 804, at para. 50. The interpretation of a statutory provision must be made according to a textual,  
contextual and purposive analysis to find a meaning that is harmonious with the Act as a whole. When the  
words of a provision are precise and unequivocal, the ordinary meaning of the words play[s] a dominant  
role in the interpretive process. On the other hand, where the words can support more than one reasonable  
meaning, the ordinary meaning of the words plays a lesser role. The relative effects of ordinary meaning,  
context and purpose on the interpretive process may vary, but in all cases the court must seek to read the  
provisions of an Act as a harmonious whole.  
375  
In Tolhoek v. The Queen, 2008 FCA 128, the Federal Court of Appeal emphasized that subsection 143.2(7) has to  
be interpreted in a cohesive manner (at paragraph 50):  
. . In my view, the requirement of a “bona fide arrangement in paragraph 143.2(7)(a) extends to both the  
.
principal and interest payments. It is incongruous to argue that even though paragraph 143.2(7)(a) requires  
interest to be payable pursuant to a bona fide arrangement, interest which is in fact paid in order to satisfy  
the requirement in paragraph 143.2(7)(b) need not have been paid pursuant to a bona fide arrangement.  
Page: 102  
[346] To determine whether there are bona fide arrangements to repay the Program  
Loans, the borrowing arrangements as a whole must be considered and analyzed. If  
the borrowing arrangements viewed as a whole are not bona fide arrangements in  
the sense in which that phrase is used in paragraph 143.2(7)(a), then it follows that  
the arrangements to repay the principal and interest embedded in those borrowing  
arrangements are also not bona fide arrangements.  
[347] The evidence establishes that the Program Loans were part of structured  
arrangements and that the Appellants had to either accept or reject the  
arrangements as presented. The Appellants did not negotiate any aspect of the  
arrangements but rather, if they decided to participate in the Program, they simply  
executed documents provided to them by EquiGenesis. Although some of the  
Appellants did review the Program with professional advisers, these reviews  
focussed on the tax consequences of the arrangements and not on the commercial  
3
76  
issues and risks normally associated with taking on substantial amounts of debt.  
[348] There was no bargaining by the Appellants but merely acquiescence to the  
terms presented by EquiGenesis. The Appellants did not investigate  and in many  
cases were not even aware of the identity of  the entity from which they were  
borrowing large amounts of money. The Appellants relied on the representations of  
EquiGenesis and, where applicable, past experience with other programs offered  
by EquiGenesis, even though the lenders in those programs were different. One  
certainly gets the general sense that, for the most part, the Appellants did not  
distinguish between EquiGenesis and FT, even though Mr. Gordon testified that  
EquiGenesis dealt at arm’s length with FT and that he had no knowledge of the  
3
77  
affairs of FT.  
[349] Although the Appellants each stated that they were on the hook for the  
amounts borrowed from FT and could be liable to repay these amounts from their  
own resources, some of the Appellants failed to disclose similar liabilities from  
earlier EquiGenesis programs on their loan applications. For example, in cross-  
examination, Dr. Platnick stated:  
I viewed it as a personal loan, but I didn’t –– because there was the corresponding  
investment that I knew –– I was hoping would grow over time, it would cover it  
off. I didn’t include the investment part in my net worth statement. I didn’t include  
the debt showing on the liability side because they would cancel each other out.  
3
76  
Ms. Cassan did testify that she considered the risk inherent in the leveraged aspect of the Program but also  
testified that at the time she decided to participate she had a limited understanding of the Program.  
377  
See, for example, the testimony of Mrs. Tilatti at lines 27 to 28 of page 1065 and lines 1 to 15 of page 1066 of the  
Transcript.  
Page: 103  
[350] Similarly, Mrs. Tilatti stated:  
The reason why we did not include them here is because the loans that we have  
taken out for the EquiGenesis programs in the past were offset by the investment in  
the program. So the net impact was a zero as far as we were concerned and that’s  
3
78  
why they’re not listed here.  
[351] Even Mr. Gordon, the architect of the Program structure, stated that he was  
not required to provide any documentation to FT to support his net worth and that  
3
79  
he did not disclose liabilities associated with his participation in other programs.  
I take from this that even Mr. Gordon did not see fit to treat the borrowing  
arrangements as genuine commercial arrangements requiring full, true and plain  
disclosure of the financial wherewithal of the borrower.  
[352] In my view, a borrower’s unilateral determination that a significant liability  
need not be disclosed on a loan application coupled with the failure of FT to insist  
on full disclosure is strong evidence of an absence of the sort of good faith and  
genuineness contemplated by paragraph 143.2(7).  
[353] I have already commented on the shortcomings of the ULAA Forms, the  
generalized information provided to FT by those forms, the failure of FT to require  
documentation to support the information provided on the forms and the failure of  
FT to perform thorough credit checks on all the Participants prior to closing and at  
the time of each additional advance. All of these factors point away from the  
arrangements regarding the Program Loans being bona fide arrangements as  
3
80  
contemplated by the use of that phrase in paragraph 143.2(7)(a).  
[354] I also draw a negative inference regarding the existence of bona fide  
arrangements from the fact that no one from FT testified regarding the borrowing  
arrangements with the Participants. If the arrangements are indeed bona fide  
arrangements then I would have expected to hear testimony from a representative  
of FT regarding the details of the arrangements viewed from the perspective of the  
lender. After all, a loan is an arrangement between a lender and a borrower, and yet  
here one party to that arrangement is silent as to the details of the arrangement,  
even though that party is credited with being the driving force behind the  
3
81  
arrangement.  
3
3
3
3
78  
79  
80  
81  
Lines 22 to 27 of page 1015 of the Transcript. Also, lines 16 to 26 of page 1065 of the Transcript.  
Lines 5 to 28 of page 326, page 327 and lines 1 to 17 of page 328 of the Transcript.  
See also the observations of Mr. Johnson at section 7.5 of the CVPL Report.  
For example, according to Mr. Gordon, counsel for FT drafted the ULAA Form subject only to comments from  
EquiGenesis’ counsel and FT determined at its sole discretion who qualified for a Program Loan and who qualified  
for additional advances under the Program Loans.  
Page: 104  
[355] For the foregoing reasons, I conclude that the arrangements respecting the  
Program Loans are not bona fide arrangements in the sense contemplated by  
paragraph 143.2(7)(a) of the ITA. Accordingly, the arrangements to repay the  
principal and interest owed under the Program Loans are not bona fide  
arrangements and the principal amount of each of the Program Loans is a limited-  
recourse amount for the purposes of subsection 143.2(6.1).  
[356] The Respondent submits that the Unit Loans and the TGTFC Loans are each  
limited-recourse debt in respect of the gifts made by the Appellants to TGTFC  
because they can reasonably be considered to relate to those gifts.  
[357] It is clear that the TGTFC Loans relate to the gifts since the loans fund  
roughly 98% of the gifts. I am not convinced, however, that the Unit Loans can  
reasonably be considered to relate to the gifts on the facts of this case.  
[358] The Program was marketed as two separate arrangements giving rise to two  
separate sources of tax benefits: an investment substantially funded by a loan and a  
donation to a qualified donee substantially funded by a loan. A Participant in the  
LP Program could elect to also participate in the TGTFC Program but was not  
required to participate in it. No portion of the Unit Loan was used to fund or  
facilitate the transfer of property by the Appellants to TGTFC.  
[359] It is true that the existence of the LP Program may indirectly support the  
TGTFC Program by ostensibly placing more assets in Leeward than would be the  
case if only the TGTFC Program existed and by allowing the LP Units to be given  
as security for the TGTFC Loans. However, in my view, that remote a connection  
is not sufficient for one to conclude that the Unit Loans can reasonably be  
considered to relate to the gifts made by the Appellants to TGTFC.  
[360] I therefore find that the TGTFC Loan is a limited-recourse debt in respect of  
the gifts by the Appellants to TGTFC and that the eligible amount of the gifts by  
the Appellants to TGTFC is reduced by the original principal amount of the their  
respective TGTFC Loans. This means that the eligible amount of Dr. Platnick’s  
gift to TGTFC is reduced by $650,000 and the eligible amount of each of the other  
Appellants’ gifts to TGTFC is reduced by $100,000.  
[361] Paragraphs 248(32)(a) and (b) are worded such that an amount described in  
paragraph 248(32)(b) is not also included in the amount of an advantage by  
paragraph 248(32)(a). The amount described in paragraph 248(32)(b) in this case is  
the unpaid principal of the TGTFC Loans at the time the gifts are made. That  
Page: 105  
amount is not the same amount as a benefit resulting from a below-market interest  
rate on the principal amount of the TGTFC Loans.  
[362] I have already found that the 7.85% rate of interest on the TGTFC Loans  
resulted in a benefit to the Appellants of $1,475 per LP Unit under the principles  
described in the Trilogy. This benefit also clearly falls within the language of  
paragraph 248(32)(a) of the ITA. In my view, it is not double counting to include  
in the amount of an advantage the principal amount of the TGTFC Loans and the  
benefit resulting from the below-market interest rate on those loans. Each is  
described separately in paragraphs 248(32)(b) and (a) respectively.  
[363] Accordingly, the amount of the advantage in respect of the gifts made by the  
Appellants to TGTFC is greater than the amount of those gifts even assuming the  
fair market value of the gifts is equal to the face amount of the gifts. As a result,  
the eligible amount of the gift made by each of the Appellants to TGTFC is nil.  
[364] If I am wrong in my conclusion that the TGTFC Loans are limited-recourse  
amounts under subsection 143.2(7) because there are no bona fide arrangements to  
repay the loans within 10 years, I also find that the arrangements to repay the  
TGTFC Loans are “part of a series of loans or other indebtedness and repayments  
that ends more than 10 years after it begins” and therefore, under subsection  
1
43.2(12) of the ITA, the Appellants are considered not to have made  
arrangements to repay the TGTFC Loans within 10 years.  
[365] The evidence indicates that the Program was marketed as a 19-year  
investment in a limited partnership and an opportunity to donate to a qualified  
donee, both the investment and the donation being substantially funded by a loan.  
In order not to run afoul of the 10-year limitation in paragraph 143.2(7)(a) of the  
ITA, the initial loans used to fund the investment and the donation have terms of  
3
82  
less than ten years.  
[366] The Appellants testified that no representations were made to them  
regarding the refinancing or replacement of the Program Loans on maturity and the  
Program documents emphasize that point. Many of the Appellants also pointed to  
the inherent risk that the loans would not be refinanced. However, subsection  
1
43.2(12) does not speak to the existence of legal arrangements or obligations or to  
certainty regarding future events. Rather, subsection 143.2(12) asks whether the  
arrangements to repay “can reasonably be considered” to be part of a series of  
382  
Testimony of Mr. Gordon at lines 25 to 28 of page 81 and line 1 of page 82 of the Transcript.  
Page: 106  
loans or other indebtedness and repayments that ends more than 10 years after it  
begins.  
[367] The use of the phrase “can reasonably be considered requires an objective  
assessment, as at the time the Program Loans were advanced, of all the  
circumstances in order to determine what was reasonably contemplated would  
occur upon the maturity of the Program Loans. Subsection 143.2(12) is asking  
whether at the time the Program Loans were advanced a reasonable person would  
have contemplated that the loans would be replaced or refinanced on substantially  
similar terms save for changes mandated by the effluxion of time.  
[368] It seems to me obvious that a reasonable person would contemplate that  
when the Program Loans matured they would be replaced or refinanced with other  
similar loans and that EquiGenesis would take the lead in ensuring that this  
occurred. In fact, I cannot imagine an individual participating in the Program  
unless that individual fully expected the Program Loans to be replaced or  
refinanced in that manner. The refinancing of the loans associated with earlier  
similar programs offered by EquiGenesis certainly suggests that such an  
expectation would be reasonable and may even go so far as to suggest that this  
eventuality is “baked-in” to the fact that the Program has a 19-year term.  
C. The Receipts Issued by TGTFC to the Appellants Do Not Meet the  
Requirements of Paragraph 118.1(2)(a) of the ITA  
[369] Subsection 118.1(2) of the ITA and subsection 3501(1) of the ITR require  
that the official donation receipt contain certain information including:  
3
501(1)(h) the amount that is  
(i) the amount of a cash gift, or  
(ii) if the gift is of property other than cash, the amount that is the fair market  
value of the property at the time that the gift is made;  
(h.1) a description of the advantage, if any, in respect of the gift and the amount of  
that advantage;  
(h.2) the eligible amount of the gift.  
[370] In Castro, the Federal Court of Appeal highlighted the importance of  
complying with the requirements of subsection 118.1(2) of the ITA:  
Page: 107  
Even if the Judge determined that a gift was made, there was no official receipt, in  
the present case, evidencing the amount that was donated, in violation of subsection  
383  
18.1(2) of the Act. Consequently, the respondent is denied any tax credit.  
1
[371] In light of my conclusion that the eligible amount of the gifts by the  
Appellants to TGTFC is nil, I do not need to consider whether the donation  
receipts issued by TGTFC to the Appellants meet the requirements of subsection  
1
18.1(2) of the ITA. However, it is clear from Castro that, if the receipts issued by  
TGTFC to the Appellants do not comply with the requirements in the ITR, the  
Appellants are not entitled to any tax credit in respect of the transfers of property  
by them to TGTFC.  
D. The GAAR Applies to Deny the Tax Benefit Obtained by the Appellants Under  
Section 118.1  
[372] In light of my conclusion that the eligible amount of the gifts by the  
Appellants to TGTFC is nil, I do not need to consider whether the GAAR applies  
so as to recharacterize the tax consequences that would otherwise arise in respect  
of the transfer of property by the Appellants to TGTFC.  
E. The 2009 LP Has Deemed Interest Income Under Subsection 12(9) of the ITA  
and Section 7000 of the ITR  
[373] Sections 2, 5, 9, 10, 20, 27 and 28 of the Linked Note state:  
2
.
The Principal Amount of this Note as at any date shall be equal to the  
aggregate amount of the Subscription Price paid by the Partnership on or prior to  
such date in accordance with Section 5 and will be increased on the date hereof and  
on each of the dates referenced in Section 5 as a date on which an Advance on  
account of the Subscription Price is payable. Any such increase shall be reflected  
by an appropriate notation on the grid attached to this Note. The Issuer authorizes  
the Partnership to record on the grid attached to this Note all advances, repayments,  
prepayments and the unpaid balance of the Principal Amount from time to time.  
The Issuer agrees that in the absence of manifest error the record kept by the  
Partnership on the grid attached to this Note shall be conclusive evidence of the  
matters recorded thereon, and the Principal Amount outstanding at any time shall  
be equal to the last entry on the grid in the column headed Aggregate Principal  
Amount, provided that the failure of the Partnership to record or correctly record  
any amount or date shall not affect the obligation of the Issuer to pay the  
outstanding Principal Amount and the Variable Return Amount on the Maturity  
Date.  
383  
Paragraph 85.  
Page: 108  
5
.
This Note shall be issued for a subscription price (the “Subscription Price”)  
equal to the sum of the following amounts, payable by the Partnership to the Issuer  
in instalments as follows (each, an “Advance”):  
(a) on Closing, the sum of $6,560,000 representing $32,000 multiplied by  
the number of Units issued on Closing;  
(b) on December 1, 2009, the sum of $205,000, representing $1,000  
multiplied by the number of Units issued on Closing;  
(c) on March 31, 2010, the sum of $220,375, representing $1,075  
multiplied by the number of Units issued on Closing; and  
(d) on March 31, 2011, the sum of $102,500, representing $500 multiplied  
by the number of Units issued on Closing.  
9
.
Beginning in 2018, the Partnership shall have the right to redeem and demand  
payment of this Note in part in accordance with the following provisions of this  
Section 9.  
.
. .  
1
0. The Issuer shall pay to the Partnership on the Maturity Date, without any need  
for the Partnership to elect or otherwise take any action other than the surrender of  
this Note, an amount in Canadian dollars equal to the Principal Amount then  
outstanding plus the Variable Return Amount, if any, calculated as provided in  
Sections 20 to 23, but subject to Sections 24 to 26 plus the sum of the Variable  
Return Carryover Amounts, if any (the Payment at Maturity).  
2
0. The “Variable Return Amount” is equal to the product of the Principal  
Amount of this Note and the Total Weighted Reference Portfolio Return. The  
Total Weighted Reference Portfolio Return” is that amount, expressed as a  
percentage which is equal to the greater of (i) the sum of the Weighted Basket  
Returns of the Baskets in Reference Portfolio A, (ii) the return of Reference  
Portfolio B, and (iii) zero. The “Weighted Basket Return” of the Baskets in  
Portfolio A is equal to the product of: (i) the total return of a Basket through to the  
date of calculation; and (ii) such Basket’s weighting from time to time in Reference  
Portfolio A, as specified in Section 13.  
2
7. The value (“Note Value”) of this Note will be calculated quarterly as at the  
last Business Day in each of March, June, September and December (each a  
Valuation Date”) by the Issuer or such calculation agent as it may from time to  
time retain for such purpose. The Issuer will not be responsible for any errors or  
omissions made in the calculation of the Note Value if made by it or by such  
calculation agent in good faith. The Note Value on any Valuation Date shall be  
equal to the aggregate of the Principal Amount outstanding as at the close of  
business on the immediately preceding Business Day plus the value of the Variable  
Return Amount calculated as if the Valuation Date were the Maturity Date. The  
Page: 109  
Note Value shall be made available to the Partnership on request no later than the  
1
0th Business Day following the applicable Valuation Date.  
2
8. The Issuer may suspend the determination of the Note Value in any period  
during which the Issuer determines a Market Disruption Event in respect of one or  
more Baskets has occurred and is continuing.  
[374] The Respondent’s submissions on the application of paragraphs 7000(1)(d)  
and 7000(2)(d) of the ITR to the Linked Notes are as follows:  
4
57. The Parties agree the interest on the Linked Note depended on a contingency  
that existed after the end of each taxation years [sic] in which the Linked Noted  
sic] was held. The interest payable on maturity on the Linked Note is contingent  
[
on the performance of the notional investment portfolios (Portfoli[o] A and  
Portfolio B). That contingency is, “existing after the year” because the Variable  
Return Amount is based on the entire yield of Portfolios A or B over a period of 20  
years. Accordingly, the Linked Notes meet the definition of a PDO under paragraph  
7
000(1)(d) of the Regulations.  
4
58. S. 7000(2)(d) provides that the “maximum amount of interest that could be  
payable in respect of” a year must be included in the computation of income for  
that year. S. 7000(2)(d) does not require that interest be payable in the year.  
Paragraph 12(1)(c) already provides that interest that is receivable in the year must  
be included in income. Nor does the provision require that interest “accrue” in that  
particular year. Subsection 12(3) already provides that accruing interest must be  
included annually in the computation of income. S. 7000(2)(d) merely requires that  
interest “could” be payable in that year.  
4
59. S. 7000(2)(d) first requires that the rights and obligations of the parties be  
analysed in order to determine whether interest could become payable to the  
taxpayer following the occurrence of certain events or circumstances. Once it is  
established that the legal relationship does admit of certain payment events in that  
year, it must then be determined what is the maximum amount of interest payable  
under these scenarios.  
4
60. As explained above, there are two circumstances where EQ09 LP could be  
entitled to receive interest prior to maturity:  
a) upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, EQ09 LP may declare  
all of the obligations of Leeward immediately due and payable, and  
b) beginning in 2018, EQ09 LP is provided with an option to redeem  
and demand payment of the Linked Notes of the principal amount of  
the note plus a Redemption Return Amount.  
4
61. For the 2009, 2010 and 2011 taxations, the maximum amount of interest  
which could be payable to EQ09 LP is the Variable Return Amount that would be  
Page: 110  
payable on the assumption that an Event of Default, as described in the EQ09 LP  
GSA, has occurred.  
4
62. Assuming that an Event of Default occurred at December 31, 2009, all  
amounts under the Linked Notes would become immediately due and payable. As  
such, the Partnership would be entitled to receive the principal under the notes plus  
the Variable Return Amount as of December 31, 2009. If the default were to occur  
on December 31, 2010, the Partnership would be entitled to receive the principal  
under the notes plus the Variable Return Amount as of December 31, 2010.  
Because an Event of Default could occur and would entitle the Partnership to  
receive interest, s. 7000(2)(d) requires this hypothetical interest to be included as  
3
84  
deemed interest.  
[375] As indicated by the Respondent, the Appellants do not dispute that the  
Linked Notes are a debt obligation described in paragraph 7000(1)(d) of the  
3
85  
ITR. The Appellants submit, however, that paragraph 7000(2)(d) does not apply  
because “no amount of interest is or ‘could be payable’ until the Linked Notes  
3
86  
mature or are redeemed.”  
[376] The Appellants concede that the variable return on the Linked Notes is a  
bonus or premium” for the purposes of subsection 7000(3) of the ITR, which  
deems a bonus or premium payable under a debt obligation to be interest for the  
purposes of section 7000 of the ITR. The Appellants note, however, that subsection  
7
7
000(3) does not deem such interest to accrue for the purposes of paragraph  
000(2)(d) and does not transform the variable return on the Linked Notes into a  
387  
known amount that could be payable.  
[377] The Appellants submit that section 7000 of the ITR does not create interest  
income but merely identifies where such income otherwise exists as a determinable  
return under the terms of the debt obligation. The Appellants submit that, under the  
Respondent’s approach, gains attributable to appreciation are taxed on a  
speculative basis and the taxpayer pays tax on fictitious income.  
[378] Paragraph 12(1)(c) and subsections 12(3) and 12(9) of the ITA state:  
(1) There shall be included in computing the income of a taxpayer for a taxation  
year as income from a business or property such of the following amounts as are  
applicable:  
3
3
3
3
84  
Paragraphs 458 to 462 of the Respondent’s Written Submissions.  
Paragraph 17 of the Appellants’ Memorandum of Fact and Law.  
Paragraph 18 of the Appellants’ Memorandum of Fact and Law.  
The Appellants’ Memorandum of Fact and Law (paragraph 20) refers to paragraph 7000(1)(d) but I take that to  
85  
86  
87  
be a typographical error since the application of that provision is conceded.  
Page: 111  
.
. . (c) subject to subsections (3) and (4.1), any amount received or receivable by  
the taxpayer in the year (depending on the method regularly followed by the  
taxpayer in computing the taxpayer’s income) as, on account of, in lieu of payment  
of or in satisfaction of, interest to the extent that the interest was not included in  
computing the taxpayer’s income for a preceding taxation year;  
.
. .  
(3) Subject to subsection (4.1), in computing the income for a taxation year of a  
corporation, partnership, unit trust or any trust of which a corporation or a  
partnership is a beneficiary, there shall be included any interest on a debt obligation  
(other than interest in respect of an income bond, an income debenture, a small  
business bond, a small business development bond, a net income stabilization  
account or an indexed debt obligation) that accrues to it to the end of the year, or  
becomes receivable or is received by it before the end of the year, to the extent that  
the interest was not included in computing its income for a preceding taxation year.  
.
. .  
(9)  
For the purposes of subsections (3), (4) and (11) and 20(14) and (21), if a  
taxpayer acquires an interest in, or for civil law a right in, a prescribed debt  
obligation, an amount determined in prescribed manner is deemed to accrue to the  
taxpayer as interest on the obligation in each taxation year during which the  
taxpayer holds the interest or the right in the obligation.  
[379] Subsections 7000(1) to (5) of the ITR state:  
7
000(1) For the purpose of subsection 12(9) of the Act, each of the following debt  
obligations (other than a debt obligation that is an indexed debt obligation) in  
respect of which a taxpayer has at any time acquired an interest is a prescribed debt  
obligation:  
(a) a particular debt obligation in respect of which no interest is  
stipulated to be payable in respect of its principal amount;  
(b) a particular debt obligation in respect of which the proportion of  
the payments of principal to which the taxpayer is entitled is not equal  
to the proportion of the payments of interest to which he is entitled;  
(c) a particular debt obligation, other than one described in  
paragraph (a) or (b), in respect of which it can be determined, at the  
time the taxpayer acquired the interest therein, that the maximum  
amount of interest payable thereon in a year ending after that time is  
less than the maximum amount of interest payable thereon in a  
subsequent year; and  
Page: 112  
(d) a particular debt obligation, other than one described in  
paragraph (a), (b) or (c), in respect of which the amount of interest to  
be paid in respect of any taxation year is, under the terms and  
conditions of the obligation, dependent on a contingency existing after  
the year,  
and, for the purposes of this subsection, a debt obligation includes, for greater  
certainty, all of the issuer’s obligations to pay principal and interest under that  
obligation.  
(2) For the purposes of subsection 12(9) of the Act, the amount determined in  
prescribed manner that is deemed to accrue to a taxpayer as interest on a prescribed  
debt obligation in each taxation year during which he holds an interest in the  
obligation is,  
(a) in the case of a prescribed debt obligation described in  
paragraph (1)(a), the amount of interest that would be determined in  
respect thereof if interest thereon for that year were computed on a  
compound interest basis using the maximum of all rates each of which  
is a rate computed  
(i) in respect of each possible circumstance under which an  
interest of the taxpayer in the obligation could mature or be  
surrendered or retracted, and  
(ii) using assumptions concerning the interest rate and  
compounding period that will result in a present value, at the  
date of purchase of the interest, of all the maximum payments  
thereunder, equal to the cost thereof to the taxpayer;  
(b) in the case of a prescribed debt obligation described in  
paragraph (1)(b), the aggregate of all amounts each of which is the  
amount of interest that would be determined in respect of his interest  
in a payment under the obligation if interest thereon for that year were  
computed on a compound interest basis using the specified cost of his  
interest therein and the specified interest rate in respect of his total  
interest in the obligation, and for the purposes of this paragraph,  
(i) the “specified cost” of his interest in a payment under the  
obligation is its present value at the date of purchase computed  
using the specified interest rate, and  
(ii) the “specified interest rate” is the maximum of all rates  
each of which is a rate computed  
Page: 113  
(A) in respect of each possible circumstance under  
which an interest of the taxpayer in the obligation could  
mature or be surrendered or retracted, and  
(B) using assumptions concerning the interest rate and  
compounding period that will result in a present value, at  
the date of purchase of the interest, of all the maximum  
payments to the taxpayer in respect of his total interest in  
the obligation, equal to the cost of that interest to the  
taxpayer;  
(c) in the case of a prescribed debt obligation described in  
paragraph (1)(c), other than an obligation in respect of which  
paragraph (c.1) applies, the greater of  
(i) the maximum amount of interest thereon in respect of the  
year, and  
(ii) the maximum amount of interest that would be determined  
in respect thereof if interest thereon for that year were computed  
on a compound interest basis using the maximum of all rates  
each of which is a rate computed  
(A) in respect of each possible circumstance under  
which an interest of the taxpayer in the obligation could  
mature or be surrendered or retracted, and  
(B) using assumptions concerning the interest rate and  
compounding period that will result in a present value, at  
the date of issue of the obligation, of all the maximum  
payments thereunder, equal to its principal amount;  
(
(
c.1) in the case of a prescribed debt obligation described in paragraph  
1)(c) for which  
(i) the rate of interest stipulated to be payable in respect of  
each period throughout which the obligation is outstanding is  
fixed at the date of issue of the obligation, and  
(ii) the stipulated rate of interest applicable at each time is not  
less than each stipulated rate of interest applicable before that  
time,  
the amount of interest that would be determined in respect of the year  
if interest on the obligation for that year were computed on a  
compound interest basis using the maximum of all rates each of which  
Page: 114  
is the compound interest rate that, for a particular assumption with  
respect to when the taxpayer’s interest in the obligation will mature or  
be surrendered or retracted, results in a present value (at the date the  
taxpayer acquires the interest in the obligation) of all payments under  
the obligation after the acquisition by the taxpayer of the taxpayer’s  
interest in the obligation equal to the principal amount of the  
obligation at the date of acquisition; and  
(d) in the case of a prescribed debt obligation described in  
paragraph (1)(d), the maximum amount of interest thereon that could  
be payable thereunder in respect of that year.  
(3) For the purpose of this section, any bonus or premium payable under a debt  
obligation is considered to be an amount of interest payable under the obligation.  
4) For the purposes of this section, where  
a) a taxpayer has an interest in a debt obligation (in this subsection  
(
(
referred to as the “first interest”) under which there is a conversion  
privilege or an option to extend its term upon maturity, and  
(b) at the time the obligation was issued (or, if later, at the time the  
conversion privilege or option was added or modified), circumstances  
could reasonably be foreseen under which the holder of the obligation  
would, by exercising the conversion privilege or option, acquire an  
interest in a debt obligation with a principal amount less than its fair  
market value at the time of acquisition,  
the subsequent interest in any debt obligation acquired by the taxpayer by  
exercising the conversion privilege or option shall be considered to be a  
continuation of the first interest.  
(
(
5) For the purposes of making the computations referred to in paragraphs (2)(a),  
b), (c) and (c.1), the compounding period shall not exceed one year and any  
interest rate used shall be constant from the time of acquisition or issue, as the case  
may be, until the time of maturity, surrender or retraction.  
[380] Paragraph 12(1)(c) requires taxpayers to include in income any amount  
received or receivable in the year (depending on the method regularly followed by  
the taxpayer in computing income) as, on account of or in lieu of interest. The  
paragraph applies not only to “interest but also to amounts received either in lieu  
of interest or on account of interest. The paragraph makes no reference to the  
source of the payment. The timing of the recognition of income described in the  
paragraph is determined by the method regularly followed by the taxpayer in  
computing income.  
Page: 115  
[
381] The meaning of “interest” was considered by the Federal Court of Appeal in  
3
88  
Canada v. Sherway Centre Ltd., [1998] 3 F.C. 36:  
[
10] The classic definition of interest is found in the 1947 Supreme Court of  
Canada case Reference as to the Validity of Section 6 of the Farm Security Act,  
944 of Saskatchewan where Rand J. defined interest broadly to include “the return  
1
or consideration or compensation for the use or retention by one person of a sum of  
money, belonging to, in a colloquial sense, or owed to, another”. This fairly broad  
definition has since been limited or more narrowly defined. For instance, in  
Attorney-General For Ontario v. Barfried Enterprises Ltd. Judson J., after  
considering the definition of interest provided by Rand J. in Farm Security Act and  
Halsbury’s Laws of England [Vol. 27, 3rd ed., London: Butterowrths & Co.  
(
Publishers) Ltd., 1959], found that one of the essential characteristics of interest is  
that it accrues daily. He held that in the third edition of Halsbury’s the text states:  
‘Interest accrues de die in diem even if payable only at intervals, and is, therefore,  
apportionable in point of time between persons entitled in succession to the  
principal.’ This day-to-day accrual of interest seems to me to be an essential  
characteristic.” However, as Krishna points out in his text, The Fundamentals of  
Canadian Income Tax, Judson J. incorrectly interpreted the Halsbury’s definition:  
But Halsbury merely says that where an amount is considered to  
be ‘interest’, it is deemed to accrue from day to day. Unfortunately,  
the statement was read to mean that a payment cannot be interest  
unless it accrues from day to day even if payable only at intervals.  
This interpretation of Halsbury has caused a good deal of  
misunderstanding as to the meaning of interest.  
[
11] Another limiting characteristic placed on Rand J.’s definition of interest in  
Farm Security Act is found in Re Balaji Apartments Ltd. v. Manufacturers Life  
Insurance Co. where the Ontario High Court of Justice held that in order to be  
interest, the payment must be a percentage of the principal sum. Based on these  
limiting characteristics to the broad definition of interest contemplated by Rand J.  
in Farm Security Act, the Tax Court Judge held that the payments were not interest  
because they did not accrue day to day and because they were not based on the  
principal outstanding at [any time] but on the operating surplus of the shopping  
centre. I will deal with each of these findings in turn.  
[
12] On the issue of whether the payments accrue day to day, in my opinion, the  
appropriate interpretation to be given to daily accrual of interest is that each  
holder’s entitlement to interest must be able to be ascertained on a daily basis. I  
therefore agree with the respondent that the interpretation of the quotation from  
Halsbury should not be read as establishing a legal principle that “compensation for  
the use of money is not interest unless it is expressed on a daily basis.” Indeed, I  
388  
For an amount to be deductible under paragraph 20(1)(c) of the ITA, the amount must be “interest”. The text of  
paragraph 20(1)(c) does not include the words “on account of or in lieu of”.  
Page: 116  
agree with the respondent when he states that “an amount paid as compensation for  
the use of money for a stipulated period can be said to accrue day-to-day.”  
[
13] While the participating interest in this case was only payable once a year,  
nonetheless, it was based on a percentage of the operating surplus for the year. It  
was, therefore, capable of being allocated on a day-to-day basis and therefore meets  
the test for day-to-day accrual.  
[
14] The more difficult issue is the requirement set out in Balaji Apartments that  
the interest must be a percentage of the principal sum. Balaji Apartments dealt with  
a mortgage which in addition to the mortgage payments also required the payment  
of a percentage of gross annual rentals after a bare figure was reached. The Court  
held that the payments related to the gross income were not interest because they  
were “not a percentage of, or in any way related to, the principal sum.” . . .  
[
15] In my opinion, the Balaji Apartments case should not be read as limiting the  
deductibility of payments that while not directly related to the principal amount,  
nonetheless, are clearly related to that amount. Indeed, this case should be limited  
to facts similar to those on which it was decided  where it is clear that payment in  
question was in addition to the obligation to pay interest on the loan. . . .  
[
382] Subsection 12(3) provides an additional rule regarding the timing of the  
3
89  
390  
recognition as income of interest on debt obligations. The subsection applies  
to corporations, partnerships, unit trusts or any other trust of which a partnership or  
a corporation is a beneficiary. The rule requires such taxpayers to include in  
income for a taxation year the interest on debt obligations that accrues to the  
taxpayer to the end of the taxation year or becomes receivable or is received by the  
taxpayer before the end of that year, to the extent that it has not been included in  
the income of the taxpayer for a previous taxation year.  
391  
383] Subsection 12(9) applies for the purposes of subsections 12(3), (4) and  
392  
[
(11) and subsections 20(14) and (21). Subsection 12(9) provides that, if a  
393  
taxpayer acquires an interest  
in a prescribed debt obligation, an amount  
determined in prescribed manner is deemed to accrue as interest on the obligation  
in each taxation year that the interest in the obligation is held.  
389  
Unlike paragraph 12(1)(c), subsection 12(3) refers only to “interest” and not to an amount either in lieu of interest  
or on account of interest. However, the impact of subsection 7000(3) of the ITR is incorporated into the rule through  
subsection 12(9).  
3
3
90  
91  
The subsection expressly excepts certain debt obligations. None of the exceptions are relevant to these appeals.  
Subsection 12(4) applies to all other taxpayers and requires those taxpayers to include in income the interest that  
accrues on investment contracts, as defined in subsection 12(11) of the ITA, to each anniversary day of the contract.  
For investment contracts acquired prior to 1990, subsection 12(4) required the recognition of the interest that  
accrued on such contracts every three years.  
3
3
92  
93  
Subsection 12(11) sets out the definitions of “anniversary day” and investment contract”.  
Or, for civil law, a right in a debt obligation.  
Page: 117  
[384] Section 7000 of the ITR describes four categories of debt obligations that are  
prescribed debt obligations and provides for each such category the prescribed  
manner for determining the amount deemed to accrue to the taxpayer as interest on  
3
94  
the debt obligation.  
[
385] Needless to say, to interpret subsection 12(9) and section 7000 of the ITR, I  
3
95  
will consider the text, context and purpose of those provisions.  
3
96  
[
386] The introduction of subsection 12(9) in the early 1980s was accompanied  
by the following technical note:  
1
982 TN: Subsection 12(9) authorizes special rules to be provided in the Income  
Tax Regulations for determining accrued interest income on prescribed debt  
obligations. . . . The special rules to be provided in the Income Tax Regulations . . .  
will apply for purposes of subsections 12(3), (4), (8) and (11) and 20(14) to  
determine the interest to be accrued on prescribed debt obligations.  
[387] The technical note simply states that subsection 12(9) authorizes special  
rules for determining accrued interest income on prescribed debt obligations.  
Fortunately, a more expansive statement of the purpose of these rules was set out  
in the November 12, 1981 Department of Finance Budget Papers as follows:  
Under present law individuals have the option of reporting interest income for tax  
purposes each year as it accrues or when they actually receive the interest payment.  
Lower- and middle-income individuals with modest amounts of investment income  
would normally report interest as it accrues in order to make use of the $1,000  
annual exemption for such income. However, higher-income individuals who  
purchase certain term deposits, guaranteed investment certificates or other interest-  
earning assets may defer tax on their interest income. This deferral amounts to a  
significant reduction in the effective tax rate on this income.  
Recently, moreover, several financial institutions have offered new instruments  
such as deferred annuities and deposit certificates which allow substantially longer  
deferral of tax over 20 or 30 years and can be attractive to higher-bracket  
individuals. To prevent such tax deferral, it is proposed that the taxpayer be  
required to report accrued investment income on any given instrument every third  
year from the date he acquires it. This will have little impact on low- and middle-  
income individuals who normally report interest income each year on an accrual  
394  
The rules in section 7000 of the ITR apply whether the debt obligation was acquired from the debtor or from a  
third party, as in a secondary market purchase of a strip bond: Goulet v. The Queen, 2009 TCC 127 at paragraph 6,  
affirmed 2011 FCA 164.  
3
3
95  
96  
See, for example, Trustco at paragraph 10.  
Subsection 12(9), added by 1980-81-82-83, c. 140, subsection 4(8), was applicable to taxation years commencing  
after 1981. Part LXX of the ITR was added by P.C. 1983-3529, November 17, 1983, SOR/83-864, effective for  
taxation years commencing after 1981.  
Page: 118  
basis so as to claim the $1,000 investment income exemption. Even if they are not  
reporting on this basis they may find that the accrued interest when added to their  
3
97  
income will not be taxable as a result of the exemption.  
[388] Together, these statements make clear that the purpose of subsection 12(9)  
and the accompanying regulations is to ensure the timely recognition as income of  
the total return on prescribed debt instruments. Importantly, the technical note and  
budget papers say nothing about recognizing as income amounts that cannot be  
ascertained for the taxation year to which subsection 12(9) applies.  
[
7
389] Four categories of prescribed debt obligation are described in paragraphs  
000(1)(a) through (d) of the ITR. The prescribed manner for determining the  
interest income deemed to accrue on each such obligation is set out in paragraphs  
000(2)(a) through (d) of the ITR.  
7
[390] Paragraph 7000(1)(a) of the ITR describes debt obligations on which no  
interest is stipulated to be payable. Paragraph 7000(2)(a) of the ITR provides that  
the amount deemed to accrue to the taxpayer as interest for a taxation year is the  
amount of interest that would be determined in respect of the debt obligation for  
that year if the interest on the obligation were computed on a compound interest  
basis using the maximum of all the interest rates computed in accordance with  
subparagraphs 7000(2)(a)(i) and (ii) of the ITR.  
[391] Subparagraph 7000(2)(a)(i) of the ITR requires interest to be computed on  
the debt obligation in respect of each possible circumstance under which an  
interest of the taxpayer in the debt obligation could mature or be surrendered or  
retracted. The subparagraph describes the sorts of transactions or events that would  
occur between the holder of the interest in the debt obligation and the issuer of the  
debt obligation (i.e., the maturity of the debt obligation, the surrender of the debt  
obligation or the retraction of the debt obligation). Indeed, there is an underlying  
assumption that the circumstances in which these transactions or events may occur  
can be identified, presumably by reference to the terms and conditions of the debt  
obligation. This assumption is highlighted by the fact that the subparagraph does  
not describe transactions or events that would typically not be governed by the  
terms and conditions of a debt obligation, such as a sale of the debt obligation.  
[
7
392] For each of the possible circumstances described in subparagraph  
000(2)(a)(i) of the ITR, subparagraph 7000(2)(a)(ii) of the ITR requires the  
computation of an interest rate and the determination of a compounding period that  
397  
Budget Papers, tabled in the House of Commons by the Honourable Allan J. MacEachen, Deputy Prime Minister  
and Minister of Finance, November 12, 1981 at page 24.  
Page: 119  
result in a present value, at the date of purchase of the interest in the debt  
obligation, of all the maximum payments under the obligations equal to the  
taxpayer’s cost of the interest in the debt obligation.  
[393] In a nutshell, paragraph 7000(2)(a) measures the maximum possible return  
to the taxpayer on the taxpayer’s interest in the prescribed debt obligation, based  
on the terms and conditions of the obligation, and then requires the taxpayer to  
accrue that return as interest. The only uncertainty in the quantification of the  
income inclusion results from the use of the maximum possible interest rate  
determined under subparagraphs 7000(2)(a)(i) and (ii) of the ITR.  
[394] Paragraph 7000(1)(b) describes debt obligations that pay to the holder  
different proportions of principal than of interest. Paragraph 7000(2)(b) provides  
that the amount deemed to accrue to the taxpayer as interest for a taxation year is  
the total of all amounts each of which is the interest that would be determined in  
respect of the taxpayer’s interest in a payment under the obligation if interest  
thereon for that year were computed on a compound basis using the “specified  
cost” of the interest and the “specified interest rate”. These terms are defined in  
subparagraphs 7000(2)(b)(i) and (ii) of the ITR respectively.  
[395] The “specified interest rate” is the maximum interest rate computed in  
respect of the taxpayer’s total interest in the debt obligation using essentially the  
same methodology as found in subparagraphs 7000(2)(a)(i) and (ii) of the ITR. The  
specified cost” of the taxpayer’s interest in a payment is the present value of the  
payment at the date of purchase of that interest, computed using the specified  
interest rate.  
[396] Paragraph 7000(1)(c) describes debt obligations not otherwise described in  
paragraphs (a) or (b) in respect of which it can be determined that the interest  
payable will be greater in a future year than in a given previous year.  
[397] Where paragraph 7000(2)(c.1) does not apply, subparagraphs 7000(2)(c)(i)  
and (ii) provide that the amount deemed to accrue to the taxpayer as interest for a  
taxation year is the greater of the maximum amount of interest on the debt  
obligation in respect of the year and the maximum amount of interest that would be  
determined if the maximum interest rate were computed using essentially the same  
methodology as found in subparagraphs 7000(2)(a)(i) and (ii) of the ITR, except  
that the present value is calculated at the date of issue of the obligation rather than  
Page: 120  
3
98  
the date of purchase of the interest, and the principal amount of the obligation is  
used rather than the taxpayer’s cost.  
[398] Paragraph 7000(2)(c.1) of the ITR applies instead of paragraph 7000(2)(c) of  
the ITR if the interest rate on the debt obligation for each period that the obligation  
is outstanding is fixed at the date of issue and the interest rate applicable for each  
time is not less than the rate applicable for all previous times. The paragraph uses a  
somewhat different methodology than paragraphs 7000(2)(a), (b) and (c) of the  
ITR to determine the amount deemed to accrue to the taxpayer as interest for a  
taxation year, but the computation of the interest rate is still based on known  
inputs, including the sum of all payments under the obligation after its acquisition  
by the taxpayer, and on assumptions about when the taxpayer’s interest in the  
obligation will mature, be surrendered or be retracted.  
[399] Paragraph 7000(1)(d) of the ITR describes debt instruments in respect of  
which the amount of interest to be paid in respect of any taxation year is, under the  
terms and conditions of the debt obligation, dependent on a contingency existing  
after the end of the year.  
[400] The text of paragraph 7000(1)(d) of the ITR raises two questions, each of  
which must be answered in the affirmative in order for the debt obligation to be  
one described in that paragraph:  
1
.
Has the taxpayer acquired an interest in a debt obligation that is not  
described in paragraphs 7000(1)(a) to (c) of the ITR?  
2
.
Under the terms and conditions of that debt obligation, is the amount of  
interest to be paid in respect of any taxation year dependent on a contingency  
existing after the end of that taxation year?  
[401] The second question raised by the provision focusses on whether, under the  
terms and conditions of the debt obligation, the amount of interest paid in respect  
of any taxation year is subject to a contingency that will not arise until after the end  
of the year. The text suggests that the mischief being addressed is the deferral of  
the recognition as income of interest on the debt obligation because of the  
contingency. The text also suggests that the elimination of the contingency  
resolves the issue of how much interest is to be paid under the terms and conditions  
of the debt obligation in respect of the taxation years of the taxpayer to which the  
contingency applies.  
398  
The phrase “principal amount” is defined in subsection 248(1), but this definition is not expressly referenced in  
Part LXX of the ITR.  
Page: 121  
[402] Subparagraph 7000(2)(d) of the ITR provides that the amount deemed to  
accrue to the taxpayer as interest for a taxation year is the maximum amount of  
interest on the prescribed debt obligation that could be payable in respect of that  
taxation year. When read together with paragraph 7000(1)(d) of the ITR, the text of  
paragraph 7000(2)(d) requires a determination, for each taxation year to which the  
contingency applies, of the maximum amount of interest that could be paid in  
respect of that year under the terms and conditions of the debt obligation if the  
contingency did not exist. The assumption underlying paragraph 7000(2)(d) is that  
such an amount is capable of determination, which is consistent with the approach  
taken in paragraphs 7000(2)(a) through (c.1) of the ITR.  
[403] The approach taken in each of paragraphs 7000(2)(a) through (d) is  
consistent with the general proposition that an amount is not recognized as income  
under the ITA unless the amount can be ascertained with some reasonable degree  
3
99  
of certainty. While a statutory provision enacted by Parliament may of course  
require the recognition of an amount that cannot otherwise be determined (i.e.,  
phantom income), the language to bring about such a result would have to be clear.  
In this case, neither the text of subsection 12(9) of the ITA and section 7000 of the  
ITR read in context nor the purpose of these provisions as described at the time of  
their introduction supports such a result.  
[404] The Respondent says that I should assume a crystallizing event and then  
calculate what the 2009 LP would be entitled to on that event by reference to the  
notional value of the Linked Notes at that time. The difficulty I have with this  
approach is that the amount so calculated has no correlation to what the 2009 LP  
may actually be entitled to under the terms of the Linked Notes on an actual  
crystallizing event.  
[405] The Linked Notes do no more than provide the 2009 LP with the possibility  
of a return to be determined upon a crystallizing event such as the maturity of the  
Linked Notes. Both the existence of the return and the amount of the return on the  
Linked Notes are dependent on the occurrence of a crystallizing event. In the  
absence of an actual crystallizing event there is simply no way of knowing the  
actual amount that the 2009 LP is entitled to be paid under the terms of the Linked  
Notes and therefore there is no amount to reallocate to avoid a deferral of income.  
This is not an inappropriate result because in fact there is no deferral of the return  
399  
M.N.R. v. Benaby Realties Ltd., [1968] S.C.R. 12 at page 16, Ikea Ltd. v. Canada, [1998] 1 S.C.R. 196 at  
paragraph 34, West Kootenay Power and Light Co.v. Canada, [1992] 1 F.C. 732 (FCA), Maritime Telegraph and  
Telephone Co. v. Canada, [1992] 1 F.C. 753 (FCA) and Stevenson & Hunt Insurance Brokers Limited v. The Queen,  
6
2 F.T.R. 81, 93 DTC 5125 (FCTD), affirmed 98 DTC 6383, 1997 CarswellNat 2817 (FCA).  
Page: 122  
on the Linked Notes because until an actual crystallizing event there is no return to  
defer. The result simply follows the uncertainty attached to such debt obligations.  
[406] Assuming the existence of a crystallizing event does not fix this issue  
because the assumed event only establishes a notional entitlement and amount for  
the relevant period. This is in stark contrast to paragraphs 7000(2)(a) through (c.1),  
which use assumed events such as maturity and retraction to determine the portion  
of the actual return on the debt obligation that would be earned by the taxpayer in  
the taxation year if that return was apportioned in a manner that did not defer the  
recognition of the return as income.  
[407] The periodic calculation of the notional value of the Linked Notes required  
by section 27 of the Linked Notes is not equivalent to the return that may be earned  
by the 2009 LP following a crystallizing event. The 2009 LP has no claim to that  
value and, in the absence of an actual crystallizing event, the value of the Linked  
Note at a particular point in time is not indicative of the amount that the 2009 LP  
may be entitled to by way of a return for the period on the occurrence of an actual  
crystallizing event in the future.  
[408] In summary, the Respondent’s approach ignores the fact that an assumed  
crystallizing event does not allow for the calculation of a portion of the amount  
that the 2009 LP is actually entitled to under the Linked Notes and results in the  
allocation of phantom income that may never be earned by the 2009 LP. The text,  
context and purpose of the provisions provide no basis on which to conclude that  
Parliament intended the approach taken in paragraph 7000(2)(d) to depart so  
markedly from the approach taken in paragraphs 7000(2)(a) through (c.1) of the  
ITR.  
[409] I also note that, while this is by no means determinative, the CRA has  
consistently applied paragraph 7000(2)(d) on the basis that the return on the debt  
obligation must be known in order for a maximum amount to be determined under  
4
00  
that paragraph.  
[410] For the foregoing reasons, I find that subsection 12(9) of the ITA and section  
7
000 of the ITR do not require the 2009 LP to accrue an amount as interest on the  
Linked Notes.  
F. The Interest Payable on the Unit Loans Is Not Deductible Under Paragraph  
2
0(1)(c)  
400  
See, for example, Ruling 2007-0237351R3, Ruling 9719753, ATR-61 and Memo 9633886.  
Page: 123  
[411] The Respondent submits that if no interest is deemed by subsection 12(9) of  
the ITA and paragraph 7000(2)(d) of the ITR to accrue to the 2009 LP on the  
Linked Notes then the deduction from income claimed by the Appellants for  
interest payable on the Unit Loans should be denied because the Unit Loans are not  
borrowed money used for the purpose of earning income from a business or  
property but are borrowed money used for the purpose of realizing capital gains.  
The Respondent does not dispute that the other three requirements of subparagraph  
4
01  
2
0(1)(c)(i) have been met.  
[412] The Appellants submit that even if their purpose in using the Unit Loans to  
purchase LP Units was to realize a capital gain, the interest is deductible under  
subparagraph 20(1)(c)(i) of the ITA. I will address this position first.  
[413] In Stewart v. Canada, 2002 SCC 46, [2002] 2 S.C.R. 645 (“Stewart”), the  
Supreme Court of Canada stated at paragraph 68:  
With respect to whether or not an anticipated capital gain should be included in  
assessing whether the taxpayer has a reasonable expectation of profit, we reiterate  
that the expected profitability of a venture is but one factor to consider in assessing  
whether the taxpayer’s activity evidences a sufficient level of commerciality to be  
considered either a business or a property source of income. Having said this, in our  
view, the motivation of capital gains accords with the ordinary business person’s  
understanding of “pursuit of profit”, and may be taken into account in determining  
whether the taxpayer’s activity is commercial in  
401  
The Supreme Court of Canada summarized the four requirements of subparagraph 20(1)(c)(i) at paragraph 28 of  
Shell Canada Ltd. v. Canada, [1999] 3 S.C.R. 622 (“Shell Canada”):  
. . The provision has four elements: (1) the amount must be paid in the year or be payable in the year in  
.
which it is sought to be deducted; (2) the amount must be paid pursuant to a legal obligation to pay interest  
on borrowed money; (3) the borrowed money must be used for the purpose of earning non-exempt income  
from a business or property; and (4) the amount must be reasonable, as assessed by reference to the first  
three requirements.  
The Respondent says the third requirement has not been met.  
Page: 124  
nature. Of course the mere acquisition of property in anticipation of an eventual  
gain does not provide a source of income for the purposes of s. 9; however, an  
anticipated gain may be a factor in assessing the commerciality of the taxpayer’s  
overall course of conduct.  
[Emphasis added.]  
[414] Subsection 9(1) of the ITA states that “a taxpayers income for a taxation  
year from a business or property is the taxpayer’s profit from that business or  
property for the year”. In Stewart, the Court states that a capital gain is not income  
from a source described in section 9 of the ITA, which can only mean that a capital  
4
02  
gain is not income from a business or property. While this proposition is self-  
evident and can be further justified by a detailed review of the relevant provisions  
of the ITA and the history of the taxation of capital gains under the ITA, in my  
view this brief analysis is sufficient to reject the Appellants’ position that, for the  
purposes of paragraph 20(1)(c), a reasonable expectation of income includes a  
reasonable expectation of capital gains.  
[415] The Appellants used the Unit Loans to acquire LP Units. The Program gave  
the Appellants three possible ways of realizing on their LP Units: on the maturity  
of the Program on December 31, 2028; by requesting the redemption of the LP  
4
03  
Units after the ninth year of the Program; or by selling the LP Units to a third  
party approved by the 2009 LP and FT. Mr. Gordon testified that exit on maturity  
4
04  
was the “expected route”. The other Appellants either explicitly testified that  
they expected to hold the LP Units until the maturity of the Program or appeared to  
4
05  
assume that that was what would occur under the Program.  
[416] The term sheets for the Program described two possible scenarios regarding  
the LP Units: Scenario A and Scenario B. Mr. Gordon described these two  
scenarios as follows:  
Scenario A was intended to provide an analysis as to the financial repercussions on  
maturity if a unit holder held the units to maturity. Scenario B was designed to  
indicate the financial repercussions or results for somebody who was able to sell  
their units prior to maturity.  
4
02  
See, also, Mohammad v. Canada, [1998] 1 F.C. 165 (FCA) at paragraph 13 where the Court notes that paragraph  
0(1)(c) says nothing about capital gains. Subsection 9(3) states that “[i]n this Act, ‘income from a property does  
2
not include any capital gain from the disposition of that property”.  
4
4
4
03  
04  
05  
The redemption route was available to the Appellants once annually after the ninth year of the Program.  
Line 23 of page 222 of the Transcript.  
For example, Mrs. Tilatti testified that she would hold her LP Units until maturity while Dr. Chu and Dr. Sang  
expressed no understanding of scenario A or B but appeared to assume that they would be holding their LP Units  
until maturity because that was how the Program worked.  
Page: 125  
In that case, it was assumed that the units themselves were treated as capital  
property. As a result, the disposition of the sale of those units to a third party would  
4
06  
trigger a capital gain income inclusion as opposed to a full income inclusion.  
[417] Of the five other Appellants, those who appeared to have some  
understanding of the two scenarios testified that Scenario A yielded income and  
was the likely scenario because there was no market or buyer for the LP Units.  
4
07  
Two Appellants testified that they had no understanding of the two scenarios.  
Dr. Platnick stated in cross-examination that he hoped for scenario B.  
[418] The 2009 LP’s sole source of income is the Linked Notes. The Linked Notes  
provide a return to the 2009 LP, determined on maturity, equal to the greater of  
two amounts, each computed by reference to a notional portfolio (Portfolio A and  
4
08  
Portfolio B). Regardless of the amount Leeward owes to the 2009 LP on the  
maturity of the Linked Notes, the amount that will be paid by Leeward to the 2009  
LP in satisfaction of the Linked Notes cannot be greater than the assets of Leeward  
at the time less the amount payable by Leeward to TGTFC under the TGTFC  
Notes. The assets of Leeward are comprised of the Man Notes and the loans to DT.  
[419] Notwithstanding this practical limitation, the 2009 LP will be required to  
include in income under paragraph 12(1)(c) the full amount of the return on the  
Linked Notes. If Leeward does not pay the full amount of the return owing to the  
2
009 LP on the maturity of the Linked Notes, the 2009 LP is expected to claim a  
409  
deduction from income under paragraph 20(1)(p) equal to the shortfall.  
[420] In Ludco, the Supreme Court of Canada stated:  
.
. . In the result, the requisite test to determine the purpose for interest deductibility  
under s. 20(1)(c)(i) is whether, considering all the circumstances, the taxpayer had a  
reasonable expectation of income at the time the investment was made.  
Reasonable expectation accords with the language of purpose in the section and  
provides an objective standard, apart from the taxpayer’s subjective intention,  
which by itself is relevant but not conclusive. It also avoids many of the pitfalls of  
the other tests advanced and furthers the policy objective of the interest  
4
4
4
06  
Lines 27 to 28 of page 226 and lines 1 to 9 of page 227 of the Transcript.  
Dr. Sang and Dr. Chu.  
The Linked Notes also provide for a determination of the return on other crystallizing events such as a  
07  
08  
redemption of the Linked Notes: section 9 of the Linked Notes.  
409  
Lines 10 to 16 of page 213 of the Transcript.  
Page: 126  
deductibility provision aimed at capital accumulation and investment, as discussed  
4
10  
in the next section of these reasons.  
[421] The Respondent does not dispute that the LP Units are a potential source of  
income to the Appellants. Rather, the Respondent submits that the Appellants did  
not acquire their LP Units for the purpose of earning the income that may be  
allocated to them by the 2009 LP on the maturity of the Linked Notes but for the  
purpose of realizing a capital gain on the disposition of the LP Units. The  
Respondent provides the following submissions in support of this position:  
4
90. In light of the evidence and all of the circumstances, there is no reasonable  
basis to conclude that EquiGenesis or the participants expected the linked notes to  
mature, thus realising income, in particular:  
a)  
investments and its objective is to maximize the tax benefits for his  
sic) clients. Looking at the term sheet, the single greatest tax benefit  
Equigenesis is in the business of promoting tax-assisted  
(
described on it is scenario B, which has the investors realizing a  
capital gain in year 20.  
b)  
Equigenesis is constantly trying to enhance the structures to  
maximise the return of the investors, and in particular the tax benefits.  
Amongst the enhancements for the 2010 taxation year is the new exit  
strategy, which results in a taxable capital gain of nil to the  
participants.  
c)  
The participants chose to participate in the EQ09 Program  
primarily for its tax benefits.  
d)  
There is no evidence of any factors that would prevent  
EquiGenesis from facilitating the disposition of units or assets of the  
Partnership in year 2028, such that the participants would realize  
capital gains, instead of partnership income.  
e)  
Investors preferred the Option B and viewed option A as a worst  
case scenario.  
4
91. As a result, this Court should conclude that the appellants did not have a  
reasonable expectation that they would realize gross income from their investments  
4
11  
in EQ09 LP.  
[422] I am unable to accept the Respondent’s position. The oral and documentary  
evidence clearly establishes that there was no market for the LP Units and that  
4
10  
Paragraphs 54 and 55. The Court goes on to state that “income in this context refers to gross income: paragraph  
Paragraphs 490 and 491 of the Respondent’s Written Submissions.  
6
3.  
411  
Page: 127  
there was no identifiable buyer for the LP Units. The oral and documentary  
evidence also clearly establishes that no written representations were made to the  
Appellants that their LP Units would be purchased prior to the maturity of the  
Program. As for oral representations, I accept the evidence of the Appellants that  
no oral representations were made to them regarding the purchase of their LP Units  
prior to the maturity of the Program.  
[423] Mr. Gordon did describe four situations in which participants in earlier  
programs sold partnership units on their own to relatives or a friend and two  
situations in which EquiGenesis was able to find purchasers for limited partnership  
4
12  
units. However, Mr. Gordon’s evidence does not support the conclusion that  
there is a market for the LP Units or that there is a buyer for the LP Units. It only  
establishes that it may be possible to sell the LP Units.  
[424] The points raised by the Respondent in paragraphs 490 a) through e) of her  
submissions do not support the position that the LP Units were acquired by the  
Appellants solely for the purpose of realizing a capital gain.  
[425] The points raised in paragraphs a) and b) support only a possible inference  
that the Appellants’ purpose in using the Unit Loans to acquire LP Units was to  
realize a capital gain. The evidence of the Appellants and the objective evidence of  
the elements of the Program found in the documents implementing the Program  
4
13  
rebut any such inference.  
[426] The point raised in paragraph c) is a description of the Appellants’ tax  
motives. The Appellants’ motives are not the same as the Appellants’ purpose in  
4
14  
using the Unit Loans to purchase LP Units.  
4
4
12  
13  
Line 28 of page 227, page 228 and lines 1 to 12 of page 229 of the Transcript.  
In Swirsky v. The Queen, 2014 FCA 36, the Federal Court of Appeal summarizes at paragraphs 8 and 9 the  
correct approach to assessing the intention of a taxpayer by reference to all the circumstances:  
In Ludco Entreprises Ltd. v. Canada, 2001 SCC 62, [2001] 2 S.C.R. 1082 at paragraphs 54 and 55 the  
Supreme Court determined that where the purpose or intention behind an action is to be ascertained, a court  
should objectively determine the purpose, guided by both objective and subjective manifestations of  
purpose. The appellant asserts that the Judge erred in law by relying inordinately upon the wife’s subjective  
intention and not enough upon objective manifestations of purpose.  
414  
The distinction between motive and intention or purpose is described by the Supreme Court of Canada at  
paragraph 22 of Backman. In Walls, the Supreme Court of Canada stated at paragraph 22:  
Although the respondents in this case were clearly motivated by tax considerations when they purchased  
their interests in the Partnership, this does not detract from the commercial nature of the storage park  
operation or its characterization as a source of income for the purposes of s. 9 of the Act. It is a well-  
established proposition that a tax motivation does not affect the validity of transactions for tax purposes . . .  
.
Page: 128  
[427] The point raised in paragraph d) is a roundabout way of saying that a sale of  
the LP Units is possible. However, the fact that a sale of the LP Units is possible  
says nothing about whether the Appellants’ purpose in using the Unit Loans to  
acquire LP Units was to realize a capital gain or earn income. It simply establishes  
that the Appellants could sell their LP Units. This possibility must be viewed in the  
context of the oral and documentary evidence that there was no market for the LP  
Units and no written or oral representations to the Appellants that their LP Units  
would be purchased. In the circumstances, a sale of the LP Units is merely a  
4
15  
possibility and not a purpose of acquiring the LP Units.  
[428] The point raised in paragraph e) is not supported by the evidence. At best,  
the Appellants who understood the two scenarios recognized that Scenario B  
provided a better tax result and hoped that scenario B would transpire. In fact, the  
strongest statement on this point was Dr. Platnick’s concession in cross-  
examination that he hoped for scenario B. Given how the ITA differentiates  
between capital gains and income, it is certainly not surprising that the Appellants  
would prefer to realize a capital gain rather than earn ordinary income in the same  
amount. However, evidence of wishful thinking in hoping for a result that the  
objective evidence establishes to be unlikely is not persuasive evidence that the  
Appellants’ purpose in using the Unit Loans to purchase LP Units was to realize  
capital gains and not income.  
[429] I also note that, even though the Respondent did not concede that the LP  
Units are a potential source of income to the Appellants, for the reasons that follow  
I would draw the conclusion, based on the evidence, that the LP Units are a  
potential source of income and that the Appellants’ expectation at the time of the  
investment of earning gross income from the LP Units was reasonable.  
[430] The structure of the Program is such that the Appellants’ only legally  
enforceable sources of return on the LP Units are the right to redeem the LP Units  
after nine years but before the maturity of the Program and the right to a share of  
the income of the 2009 LP realized on the maturity of the Linked Notes on  
December 31, 2028.  
[431] Mr. Gordon stated in his testimony that redemption of the LP Units prior to  
the maturity of the Program would trigger full inclusion in income for the  
415  
I note that in Ludco the Supreme Court stated, at paragraph 50, that the purpose of earning income did not have  
to be the only purpose or even the predominant purpose:  
. . . nothing in the text of the provision [subparagraph 20(1)(c)(i)] indicates that the requisite purpose must  
.
be the exclusive, primary or dominant purpose, or that multiple purposes are to be somehow ranked in  
importance in order to determine the taxpayer’s “real” purpose. . . .  
Page: 129  
redeeming Participant. As well, the redeeming Participant would be responsible for  
any shortfall between the amount paid to the Participant by the 2009 LP and the  
4
16  
The  
balance owing on the Participant’s Unit Loan and TGTFC Loan.  
Respondent has not suggested a different result on the redemption of LP Units  
prior to the maturity of the Program.  
[432] Similarly, the evidence establishes that the maturity of the Program is  
expected to result in income to the Appellants although the quantum of that income  
is not known. The potential for income results from the maturity of the Linked  
Notes and the allocation by the 2009 LP of any resulting income to the holders of  
the LP Units. The term sheets for the Program describe the tax consequences to  
Participants of this allocation as scenario A.  
[433] The existence of the legal right to payment by the 2009 LP on the maturity  
of the Program is an essential aspect of the Program since it provides the means by  
which the Participants can repay their outstanding debts to FT without using their  
own resources. For them to do that the amount received from the 2009 LP on the  
maturity of the Program must at least be equal to the principal amount of the loans  
4
17  
to the Participants outstanding on December 31, 2028, which amount will be  
4
18  
significantly greater than the original investment in the 2009 LP.  
[
434] The Appellants’ legal right to payment by the 2009 LP on the maturity of the  
4
19  
Program is not mere window dressing. This right is indirectly backed up by the  
assets of Leeward, which are comprised of the Man Notes and the accumulating  
amounts owed to Leeward by DT less Leeward’s much smaller obligation to  
TGTFC under the TGTFC Notes. The assets of DT are the accumulating amounts  
owed to DT by FT and the assets of FT are the accumulating amounts owed to FT  
4
20  
by the Participants.  
4
4
4
16  
17  
18  
Lines 13 to 28 of page 223 and lines 1 to 21 of page 224 of the Transcript.  
That is, the loans that replace the Unit Loans and the TGTFC Loans at the halfway mark.  
The original investment in the 2009 LP is $36,140 per LP Unit. The original aggregate principal amount of the  
TGTFC Loan and the Unit Loan is $42,000 per LP Unit. The latter number will increase considerably over the term  
of the Program as a result of the annual advances by FT to pay interest.  
419  
I note that this determination regarding “window dressing” has no bearing on my earlier analysis under  
subsection 143.2(7) (or vice versa) as that analysis was based on the interpretation and application of specific anti-  
avoidance provisions in the ITA. Moreover, in Ludco, Justice Iacobucci expressly rejected a bona fide purpose test  
for paragraph 20(1)(c) (paragraphs 47 to 52).  
420  
It is apparent from this description that the 2009 LP Program is essentially a series of legally enforceable  
transactions designed to achieve an interest deduction. However, the structured and tax-driven nature of the  
transactions is not in and of itself a reason for denying the interest deduction where the transactions comply with the  
requirements of the ITA for the sought-after deduction. As stated in Shell Canada at paragraphs 39 and 40: . . .  
absent a specific provision of the Act to the contrary or a finding that they are a sham, the taxpayers legal  
relationships must be respected in tax cases and “. . . a searching inquiry for either the “economic realities” of a  
Page: 130  
[435] The fact that there is a practical limit to the amount that may be paid by  
Leeward to the 2009 LP under the terms of the Linked Notes and that the 2009 LP  
may claim a deduction from income under paragraph 20(1)(p) does not detract  
from the real possibility that the Appellants will earn income from their LP Units  
because, even if the practical limit is reached, the 2009 LP will still have  
substantial gross income that must be allocated to the holders of LP Units.  
Accordingly, this possibility does not turn an objectively reasonable expectation of  
gross income into an unreasonable expectation.  
[436] Finally, the fact that the reasonably expected gross income is expected to be  
realized on December 31, 2028 is not a consideration raised by paragraph 20(1)(c)  
of the ITA. The paragraph dictates the timing of the deduction of the interest  
expense and does not require that the deduction be matched to the income from the  
business or property. This point is reinforced by the fact that the matchable  
expenditure rules in section 18.1 do not apply to deductions provided for under  
section 20.  
[
437] On the basis of the foregoing, I conclude that the interest payable by the  
Appellants on their respective Unit Loans is deductible under subparagraph  
0(1)(c)(i) of the ITA as provided for in that subparagraph. As well, since the  
2
analysis is essentially the same, the Fees incurred by the Appellants are also  
deductible in accordance with the applicable provisions of the ITA.  
particular transaction or the general object and spirit of the provision at issue can never supplant a court’s duty to  
apply an unambiguous provision of the Act to a taxpayer’s transaction”. See, also, Stewart at paragraph 65 and  
Ludco at paragraph 64.  
Page: 131  
IV. Conclusion  
438] The appeals are allowed and the reassessments of the Appellants are referred  
[
back to the Minister for reconsideration and reassessment in accordance with the  
foregoing conclusions.  
th  
Signed at Ottawa, Canada, this 8 day of September 2017.  
“J.R. Owen”  
Owen J.  
APPENDIX A  
Page: 2  
Page: 3  
Page: 4  
Page: 5  
Page: 6  
Page: 7  
Page: 8  
Page: 9  
Page: 10  
Page: 11  
Page: 12  
Page: 13  
Page: 14  
Page: 15  
Page: 16  
Page: 17  
Page: 18  
Page: 19  
Page: 20  
Page: 21  
Page: 22  
Page: 23  
Page: 24  
Page: 25  
Page: 26  
Page: 27  
Page: 28  
Page: 29  
Page: 30  
Page: 31  
Page: 32  
Page: 33  
APPENDIX B  
CITATION:  
2017 TCC 174  
COURT FILE NOS.:  
2013-355(IT)G, 2013-3488(IT)G,  
2
2
014-384(IT)G,2014-802(IT)G,  
014-803(IT)G, 2014-804(IT)G  
and 2014-806(IT)G  
STYLES OF CAUSE:  
LYNN CASSAN; KENNETH GORDON;  
STEPHEN CHU; KATHERINE LEE  
SANG; HOWARD PLATNICK; AND  
DANA TILATTI v. HER MAJESTY THE  
QUEEN  
PLACE OF HEARING:  
DATES OF HEARING:  
Toronto, Ontario  
February 8 to 12, 2016,  
February 15 to 19, 2016,  
February 22 to 25, 2016 and  
June 29 and 30, 2016  
REASONS FOR JUDGMENT BY: The Honourable Justice John R. Owen  
DATE OF JUDGMENT:  
APPEARANCES:  
September 8, 2017  
Counsel for the Appellants:  
Al Meghji, Mary Paterson,  
Pooja Mihailovich and Adam Hirsh  
Counsel for the Respondent:  
Daniel Bourgeois, Andrew Miller  
and Josh Kumar  
COUNSEL OF RECORD:  
For the Appellants:  
Name:  
Al Meghji, Mary Paterson, Pooja  
Mihailovich and Adam Hirsh  
Firm:  
Osler, Hoskin & Harcourt LLP  
Toronto, Ontario  
For the Respondent:  
Nathalie G. Drouin  
Deputy Attorney General of Canada  
Ottawa, Canada  


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission